-
1 ὅσπερ
Aοἷόπερ A.R.1.1325
; in [dialect] Ion. writers and in Poets the obl. cases are sts. borrowed from the Art.,τόπερ Id.3.1098
; ;τῇπερ Il.24.603
, Hdt.1.30 ;τοίπερ Od.13.130
; (lyr.), Hdt.3.16 ;τῶνπερ Il.13.638
, A.Ag. 974 ; on concord and constr. cf.ὅς B. 1.1
,2,4, 11.1a,3, IV. 4:—the very man who, the very thing which; freq. indistinguishable from simple ὅς, cf.ὅσος 111.4
: with words intervening between ὅς and περ, ὅς ῥ' ἔβαλέν περ Il.4.524
, cf. 13.101, etc.2 used after Adjs. of resemblance,ὡυτὸς ὅσπερ Hdt.8.42
;ἐκ τῶν ἴσων.., ὧνπερ αὐτὸς ἐξέφυ S.OT 1499
; ὅμοια ἔπραττον ἅπερ ἄν .. X.An.5.4.34 ; ὅρκια τάπερ τε .. the same as.., Hdt.1.74.II special uses of cases,1 ὅπερ, wherefore, D.S.13.18 codd. (s.v.l.); although, A.D.Pron.103.7.2 ἅπερ, as, like, A.Ch. 381 (lyr.), Eu. 131, 660, S.Aj. 168 (anap., as v.l.), OT 175 (lyr.), X.HG5.1.18, etc.; cf. καθάπερ.3 οὗπερ, v. ὅς A b. 1.4 ᾗπερ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇπερ, which way, where, whither, Il.6.41, 12.33, X.An.6.5.10, etc.; [dialect] Ion.τῇπερ, ἔθαψαν.. τῇπερ ἔπεσε Hdt.1.30
; also, as, Il.7.286, A.Ch. 440(lyr.), Ar.Ach. 364 ;ᾗπερ δή Il.9.310
;ᾗπερ καί X.Mem.3.8.2
.5 in the Logic of Aristotle, ὅπερ ἐστί, or ὅπερ alone, has two senses:a non-technical, and unemphatic, what (a thing) is, ἑκάστη οὐσία τοῦθ' ὅ. ἐστίν, οὐ λέγεται μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον each substance is called what it is without the difference of more or less, Cat.3b36 ; τὸ διπλάσιον τοῦθ' ὅ. ἐστίν, ἑτέρου λέγεται the double is called what it is (viz. the double) of something, i.e. is relative, ib.6a39.b expressing identity, οὔτε ἡ χιὼν ὅ. λευκόν snow is not what white is, i.e. is not identical with white, Top.120b23 ; ὁ λευκὸς ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. χρῶμα ib.116a27: hence, to indicate the precise or essential nature of a thing, οὐ γὰρ ἂν φαίη ὅ. κακόν τι εἶναι τὴν ἡδονήν he would not say that pleasure is essentially something bad, EN1153b6; τὰ μὲν οὐσίαν σημαίνοντα ὅ. ἐκεῖνό ἢ ὅ. ἐκεῖνό τι σημαίνει expressions which show the essence show precisely what the thing in question is or precisely of what kind it is (i.e. indicate either its species or its genus), APo.83a24 ; ὅ. < τόδε> τί ἐστι τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι the essence of a thing is precisely a 'this', i.e. a fully specified particular, Metaph.1030a3; ἡ μὲν [ ἐπιστήμη] ὅ. ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν knowledge (that man is an animal) is apprehension that 'animal' is an element in the essential nature of man, APo.89a35. -
2 εἰμί
εἰμί (A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.εἰς Od.17.388
, al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor.ἐσσί Il.1.176
, Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134; ; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor.ἐντί IG12(1).677
([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dualἐστόν Th.3.112
; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60), , [dialect] Dor.εἰμές Theoc.15.73
, but ; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor.ἐντί Pi.N.1.24
, Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι (ἔσθι Hecat.361
J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. formἔσσο Od.3.200
, Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Proseἔσο Plu.2.241d
, M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω (, and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean ; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, butἔστων Hom.
, Pl.R. 502a, , and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep.ἔω Od.9.18
; [ per.] 3sg.ἔῃ Il.12.300
,al. (alsoἔῃσι 2.366
, al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot.ἔνθω IG7.3172.165
,μετείω Il.23.47
and perh.εἴῃ 9.245
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ([place name] Crete), ([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot.ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46
(iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης (εἴησθα Thgn.715
), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl.εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133
([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual , Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl. (lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl.εἶτε Od. 21.195
; [ per.] 3pl.εἶεν Il.2.372
, etc.,εἴησαν Hdt.1.2
, etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc. (Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol.ἔμμεν' Sapph.34
), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also ([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara),ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16
, Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν orἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15
, al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar. ,εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100
([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr.ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23
H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem.ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116
(Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem.ἔσσα Sapph.75.4
, IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16,ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265
,ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9
, Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62,εὖσα Erinn.5.5
(also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16,εὔντων 2.85
),ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d
, IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene),ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47
; acc. sg.εὖντα Theoc.2.3
; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl.ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117
; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl.παρ-έντων Alcm. 64
: [tense] impf.ἦν Il.2.77
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion.ἔᾱ Il.4.321
, al.,ἔας Hdt.1.187
,ἔατε Id.4.119
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al., , [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1
, Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dualἤστην Il.5.10
, E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl.ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21
; [ per.] 2pl. , , Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol. ; later (iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg.ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379
([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg.ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7
([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl.ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11
(iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj. (ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (butἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113
), inf.ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57
.—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.A as the Subst. Verb,I of persons, exist,οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437
; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.;τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289
; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289;θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290
; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119;κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284
; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c;ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72
, cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities,ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292
, cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand,τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25
; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office,ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4
(ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.II of the real world, be, opp. become,γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d
, etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.;οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.
;ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28
; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen,τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
;ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13
, etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58;αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118
; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30;τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8
; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11;τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2
.IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one,οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348
;οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903
; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65;ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67
;ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14
; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases,ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187
;ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65
; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.;οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61
, cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188;οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e
, etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was,τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321
; (but inἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46
, cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.); (lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq.ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26
, cf. 7.34;ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a
; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible,ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246
;ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392
; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193;τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055
(anap.);ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj.,ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7
;μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e
;ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91
: more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf.,ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96
;ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757
: sts. not impers. in this sense,θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419
.b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted,ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι D.H.Comp.25
;ἔστω σοι τοῦθ' οὕτως Plu.2.987b
; Chr.74.24.B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import,τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d
; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est;Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17
: with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179;εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299
;πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473
;δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68
;κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36
: with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom.,βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211
; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part.,ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371
;φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136
;εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330
; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708;λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179
;ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313
;πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b
;βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36
; freq. in Hdt.,ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57
, al.; evenεἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49
(s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171;αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
;δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197
(anap.).C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate,ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122
, etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82;σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532
;διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424
; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551;εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89
, cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.;ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30
.II c. gen., to express descent or extraction,πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109
;αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611
, cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.;πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19
.b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Hdt.1.93; τῆς πόλιος ἐούσης δύο φαρσέων ib. 186; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Id.5.92.ή, etc.c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Ar.Pl. 345;ἐτύγχανε βουλῆς ὤν Th.3.70
; ;Κριτίας τῶν τριάκοντα ὤν X.Mem.1.2.31
; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, D.2.2.d to express that a thing belongs to another,Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269
;τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117
, etc.: hence, to be of the party of,ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56
, cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of,ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917
.e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940;τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.f in LXX, to be occupied about,ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν 2 Ch.30.17
; ἔσεσθαι, c. gen., to be about to,ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε 2 Ki.10.11
.2 with two dats., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Hdt.5.84;μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα D.18.283
; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστι; Hdt.5.33; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάνῳ; D.29.36; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; Lat. quid tecum est mihi? Ev.Marc.5.7, etc.; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (sc. ἐστίν) Isoc.4.12; ; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, JHS18.113, etc.3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108;οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35
;προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46
; (lyr.); .IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9;εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d
; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state,ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22
; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.;ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218
; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963;ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; so also , X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73;εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25
; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through,διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20
.5 εἶναι ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, D.25.23; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Id.39.21; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Id.2.12; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Id.6.33; εἶναι ἐφ' ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, X.An.4.6.11; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Apollon. Perg.Con.4.1; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, v. supr. 3 b.6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3;εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3
; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.;εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7
, etc.7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών)κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32
;εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c
; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58;τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
;τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9
;κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a
; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, ;σύμμαχόν μιν εἵλοντο εἶναι Hdt.8.134
; of giving,δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Il. 11.20
.F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64;Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359
; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169;ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330
;ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79
; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic forἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27
, cf. 6.18; alsoἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14
. -
3 ὑπόθεσις
A proposal, proposed action,τὴν ἐν φίλοις δικαιοτάτην ὑ. ἔχω ὑποτιθέναι X.Cyr.5.5.13
;ἵνα σὺ τὰ σαυτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ὑ. ὅπως ἂν βούλῃ περαίνῃς Pl.Grg. 454c
; intention, policy,πολλὰ πρᾶξαι πρὸς τὴν ὑ. τῆς πατρίδος ὡς συχνῆς ἀδικίας δεομένην Thphr.Fr. 136
;διὰ τὴν ὑ. τῆς πολιτείας.. ἠναγκάζετο χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑπουργοῦσι Plu.Caes.51
; πρὸς ὑ. τινα ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν men good for a particular policy, Arist.Pol. 1293b4; ὑ. τῆς δημοκρατικῆς πολιτείας ἐλευθερία ib. 1317a40; ἡμῖν ἡ τῶν νόμων ὑ. ἐνταῦθα ἔβλεπεν, ὅπως .. Pl.Lg. 743c;περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν οὐχ ὁμοίως ἅπασι βουλευτέον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἕκαστοι τοῦ βίου ποιήσωνται τὴν ὑ. Isoc.6.90
;τοῖς φαύλοις ἐνδέχεται τὰ τυχόντα πράττειν· εὐθὺς γὰρ τοῦ βίου τοιαύτην πεποίηνται τὴν ὑ. Id.1.48
;ἀνάγκη τοῖς περὶ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων καλὰς τὰς ὑ. πεποιημένοις καὶ τὰ μέρη τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἔχειν ἐκείνοις Id.7.28
;πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑ. ἀποβλέποντες ἄμεινον βουλευσόμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων Id.8.18
;ἐξέστητε τῆς ὑ. ἐφ' ἧς ὑμᾶς οἱ πρόγονοι κατέλιπον D.10.46
; οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑ. προεστῶτες those who advocated the same policy, Plb.30.32.12;ἅπαντας ἀπονεύσειν ἐπ' ἐκείνην τὴν ὑ. Id.24.9.7
; Ἀχαϊκωτέραν εἶναι.. ταύτην τὴν ὑ. καὶ νικητικωτέραν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς ib.4;τὸ τῆς ἰδίας ὑ. λαμπρόν Id.21.23.1
;τὸ τῶν σαρισῶν μέγεθός ἐστι κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑ. ἑκκαίδεκα πηχῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἁρμογὴν τὴν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν δεκατεττάρων Id.18.29.2
;τηροῦντες τὴν αὑτῶν ὑ. Id.5.5.5
;πρὸς ταύτην ἁρμοζόμενοι τὴν ὑ. Id.3.16.1
, cf. 3.50.7; κατασκέψασθαι τὴν τῶν ὑπεναντίων ἐπίνοιαν καὶ τὴν ὅλην ὑ. ib.6;Φάβιος.. κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑ. οὐδαμῶς κρίνων ἐκκυβεύειν οὐδὲ παραβάλλεσθαι τοῖς ὅλοις Id.3.94.4
.2 suggestion, advice,ἐδώκαμεν ἄν σοι ὑποθέσεις δι' ὧν οἱ ἀντίδικοι ἂν οἴμωζον PMich.Zen.57.7
(iii B. C.);διελέγοντο.. κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς Ἀράτου καὶ τὰς ὑ. Plb. 2.48.8
, cf. 2.52.6, 4.24.2;κροτηθείσης τῆς ὑ. Id.28.16.5
; πολυτέχνους ὑ. ἔργων elaborate proposals for works, Plu.Per.12.3 purpose, ;λόγῳ μὲν ἀποδώσων.., ἑτέραν δὲ τῆς ἀποδημίας ἔχων ὑ. λανθάνουσαν τοὺς πολλούς Id.Mar.31
;ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς αἰτίας τῆς τε ὑ. τοῦ πολέμου ἀξιολογώτατος ἀγὼν συνηνέχθη D.C.41.56
;ὑ. τοῦ πολέμου καὶ πρόφασιν διδόντων ἐλευθεροῦν τοὺς Ἕλληνας Plu.Flam.15
;τὸ χωρὶς ὑποθέσεως πολεμεῖν.. τί ἄλλο ἢ μανία; D.Chr.38.17
; [οἱ ἐλέφαντες] ἴσασι τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὴν ὑ... εἶναι.. τοὺς ὀδόντας Ael.NA6.56
.4 occasion, excuse, pretext,οὕτω γὰρ ἂν αὐτοῖς ἡ ἀπολογία προαναιροῖτο καὶ ἡ πρώτη ὑ. τῆς ἐθελοδουλείας Luc.Merc.Cond.5
; τοιαύτης αὐτοῖς τῆς ὑ. οὔσης ib.10;ἀεὶ χρὴ ἐπί τινι λυπεῖσθαι καὶ μὴ ἄνευ ὑ. Artem.
2.60;ὑ. ἀργυρισμοῦ καὶ φόνων εἰληφέναι ἐδόκει D.C.63.26
;μή με νομίσῃς ἀπὸ τῆς παρούσης ὑ. ἀπαρτᾶν τὸν λόγον Id.52.18
.5 actor's role,τοὺς ὑποκριτὰς.. οὓς ὁρῶμεν οὔτε κλαίοντας ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις, ὡς αὐτοὶ θέλουσιν, ἀλλ' ὡς ὁ ἀγὼν ἀπαιτεῖ πρὸς τὴν ὑ. Plu.Dem.22
;ὶδεῖν τί μου ποιεῖ ὁ ἀθλητής, πῶς μελετᾷ τὴν ὑ. Arr.Epict.1.29.38
, cf. 41;τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς μητρὸς ὑ. λαβεῖν Iamb.VP8.39
.6 function, occupation, station in life, [Διονύσιος] ἐκ σημοτικῆς καὶ ταπεινῆς ὑ. ὁρμηθείς Plb.15.35.2
; [Ἀγαθοκλῆς] ὁρμηθεὶς ἀπὸ τοιαύτης ὑ. Id.12.15.7
;τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἄλλην βίου ὑ. εἰς τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν οὕτως ἐπιτήδειον ὡς ταύτην ἐν ᾗ νῦν ὢν τυγχάνεις M.Ant.11.7
, cf. 8.1, Paul. Aeg.3.17.7 practical problem,κοινὴ ἡ ὑ. καὶ τῷ καθ' ἡμᾶς βίῳ πάνυ πολλή, βαλανείου κατασκευή Luc.Hipp.4
;ἡ μὲν οὖν ὑ. τοιαύτη HeroAut.21.2
.II subject proposed ( to oneself or another) for discussion,κελεῦσαι τὴν πρώτην ὑ. τοῦ πρώτου λόγου ἀναγνῶναι Pl. Prm. 127d
;ἐπὶ τὴν ὑ. ἐπανάγειν τὸν λόγον X.Mem.4.6.13
;ἐπὶ τὴν ὑ. πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν Isoc.4.63
, cf. Gal.6.124;τὴν ὑ. περὶ ἧς βουλεύεσθε οὐχὶ τὴν οὖσαν παριστάντες D.3.1
;τοὺς δικαστὰς ἀπαγαγὼν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑ. Id.19.242
;ἐπὶ τῆς ὑ. μεῖναι Aeschin.3.76
;ἔξω τῆς ὑ. λέγειν Isoc.7.63
, cf. 12.161;μὴ πόρρω λίαν τῆς ὑ. ἀποπλανηθῶ Id.7.77
, cf. 12.88, Aeschin. 3.176,190;ὅτ' ἔγραφον περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑ. Isoc.5.83
;περὶ [τῆς πόλεως] τὴν ὑ. ποιησάμενος Id.12.35
;τοῦ πράγματος ἐν κεφαλαίῳ.. δήλωσις, ἵνα γινώσκωσι περὶ ὧν ὁ λόγος παρακολουθῶσί τε τῇ ὑ. Arist.Rh.Al. 1436a36
, cf. Pl.Def. 415b;ἡ ὑ. ἐλάττων Arist.Rh. 1404b15
; πρὸς ὑπόθεσιν λέγειν, opp. πρὸς ἀμφισβητοῦντα, ib. 1391b13;πολλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑ. οἰκείως διαλεχθείς D.S.13.53
; haec erat ὑ., de gravitate ordinis, etc., Cic.Att.1.14.4.2 case at law, lawsuit,γράφει ὁ Μαιίστας εἰς τὴν ὑ. ταύτην IG11(4).1299.29
(Delos, iii B. C.), cf. OGI665.18,669.41 (both Egypt, i A. D.), POxy. 237 vii 34, viii 22 (ii A. D.), 486.26 (ii A. D.);τὰ περὶ ταύτης τῆς ὑ. πεπραγμένα PLips.34.18
(iv A. D.).3 subject of a poem or treatise, Zeno Stoic.1.23, Plb.1.2.1, D.H.Pomp.3, Longin. 38.2, Plu.Pomp.42, Luc.Charid.14, Pseudol.5, al.; of a picture, Id.Zeux.5,7; of an impromptu declamation,ἐπειδὰν οἱ παρόντες ὑποβάλωσί τινας ὑ. καὶ ἀφορμὰς λόγου Id.Rh.Pr.18
; plot, story,μῦθοι καὶ ὑποθέσεις Phld.Po.2.62
, cf. 5.5, al., Arg.Men.Oxy.1235.113 (ii A. D.), Dicaearch. ap. S.E.M.3.3, Artem.4.59, Sch.S.Aj.Prooem., Arg.Ar. Ach. tit., etc.4 speech,αἱ δικανικαὶ καὶ δημηγορικαὶ ὑ. Theon Prog.1
; = ἐπίδειξις 1.3, ἀρξαμένων (v.l. -ῳ)τῆς ὑ. LXX 4 Ma.1.12
; ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὰς ὅλην πληρούσας ὑ. providing matter for a whole speech, Chor.p.34B.b speech or subject of a speech in which the person, occasion, etc. are particularized, opp. θέσις v. 2, Aphth.Prog. 13, cf. Quint.Inst.3.5.7.5 a kind of play or pantomime,μῖμοί τινές εἰσιν ὧν τοὺς μὲν ὑποθέσεις τοὺς δὲ παίγνια καλοῦσιν Plu.2.712e
; μιμολωγοι η υποθησις εικυρα (i. e. μιμολόγοι· ἡ ὑπόθεσις Ἑκυρά), i. e. 'theatrical performance: play, the Hecyra', Ath.Mitt.26.4 (inscr. on lamp, iii B. C.); κλάειν ἤρξαντο πάντες καὶ μετέβαλε τὸ συμπόσιον εἰς σκυθρωπὴν ὑ. into a tragedy, Charito 4.3; so perh. in Luc.Nigr.8; of Aesop's fables,χρῆται [τῇ ἀλώπεκι] ὁ Αἴσωπος διακόνῳ τῶν πλείστων ὑ. Philostr.Im.1.3
.III supposition,ἢ βούλεσθε.. ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ ἄρξωμαι καὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ ὑ., περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς αὐτοῦ ὑποθέμενος, εἴτε ἕν ἐστιν εἴτε μὴ ἕν, τί χρὴ συμβαίνειν; Pl.Prm. 137b
; αὕτη ἡ ὑ., εἰ ἓν μὴ ἔστιν ib. 160b; χρὴ.. μὴ μόνον εἰ ἔστιν ἕκαστον ὑποτιθέμενον σκοπεῖν τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐκ τῆς ὑ., ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ μὴ ἔστι τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὑποτίθεσθαι ib. 135e, cf. 136a; [σκοπεῖν] τί ἐφ' ἑκατέρας τῆς ὑ. συμβήσεται ib. 136b;εἰ ὀρθὴ ἡ ὑ. ἦν, τὸ ψυχὴν ἁρμονίαν εἶναι Id.Phd. 94b
, cf. 92d, Sph. 244c;πρὸς μὲν τὴν ὑ. ὀρθῶς λέγουσιν, ὅλως δ' οὐκ ὀρθῶς Arist. Metaph. 1082b32
; ἐξ ὑποθέσεως σκοπεῖσθαι examine by starting from an assumption, of reasoning by analysis in geometry, Pl.Men. 86e; τῶν τὴν τέχνην ζητεύντων ἐξ ὑποθέσιος λόγων arguments seeking to derive the (medical) art from an assumption, Hp.VM13; ὑ. αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς ὑποθέμενοι τῷ λόγῳ ib.1; ἄγοντες ἐπὶ ὑπόθεσιν τὴν τέχνην ib. 15;χρῆσιν ἀρετῆς τελείαν, καὶ ταύτην οὐκ ἐξ ὑ. ἀλλ' ἁπλῶς· λέγω δ' ἐξ ὑ. τἀναγκαῖα, οἷον.. τιμωρίαι καὶ κολάσεις.. τὸ καλῶς ἀναγκαίως ἔχουσι Arist.Pol. 1332810
; ἡ πολιτεία ἡ ἐξ ὑ. ( = ἡ δοθεῖσα ) the constitution based on a presupposition, ib. 1288b28; of currency, ἓν δή τι δεῖ εἶναι, τοῦτο δ' ἐξ ὑ.· διὸ νόμισμα καλεῖται according to a presupposed convention, Id.EN 1133b21 (cf. a29-31, APr. 41a40); of reductio ad impossibile,ἢ δεικτικῶς ἢ ἐξ ὑ. τοῦ δ' ἐξ ὑ. μέρος τὸ διὰ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου Id.APr. 40b25
-6, cf. 41a25;δυνατοῦ δεξάμενον ὑπόθεσιν ἐπ' ἀδύνατον ἀπαχθῆναι Arr.Epict.1.7.25
, cf. Procl. in Euc.pp.76,252 F.; καθ' ὑπόθεσιν by way of supposition, 'let us suppose', Phld.Rh. 1.95 S., Sign.12, Cleom.1.7.IV = τὸ ὑποκείμενον (cf.ὑπόκειμαι 11.8
), the presupposition of an action, that which has been settled before it begins,περὶ τοῦ τέλους οὐθεὶς βουλεύεται, ἀλλὰ τοῦτ' ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ καὶ ὑ. Arist.EE 1227a8
, cf. b30;τῶν πράξεων τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ὑ. ἀληθεῖς καὶ δικαίας εἶναι προσήκει D.2.10
; of a thing, that without which it cannot exist or be what it is, its essence, αὕτη (sc. τὸ στέλεχος)οἷον ὑ. καὶ φύσις δένδρων Thphr.HP4.13.4
(cf. οὐσία καὶ φύσις τοῦ δένδρου ibid.);ἐπὶ τοῖς χυμοῖς μόνοις σηπομένοις ἔχοντος τὴν ὑ. ὅλου τοῦ νοσήματος, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πυρετώδους ὄντος Gal.18(2).299
.2 in the syllogism, the preliminary statements of fact (whether proved or not) from which inference starts, i. e. the premisses ([etym.] προτάσεις) , τῶν ἀποδείξεων αἱ ὑ., equivalent to ἀρχαί, Arist.Metaph. 1013a16;αἱ ἀρχαὶ καὶ αἱ λεγόμεναι ὑ. Id.APo. 81b15
; ὅσα δέδεικται δι' ἐκείνων ὑποθέσεις ποιησάμενοι taking as premisses (here) what has been proved in those other works, Gal.6.7, cf. 25,224; ἴστω.. τῆς ὑγιεινῆς πραγματείας ἀνατρέπων τὴν ὑ. ib.17;ὑπόθεσιν, αἴτησιν οὖσαν πράγματος εἰς κατασκευήν τινος S.E.M.3.4
;λαμβάνειν ἀναποδείκτους ὑ. Plu.2.720f
, cf. 721d;ἀναγκαῖον ἢ τὰς ὑ. εἶναι τὰς πρώτας ψευδεῖς, ἢ τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν συμβαινόντων ἀποφάς εις Plb.1.15.9
, cf. 11.b assumption of existence of any one of the fundamental objects of a particular science,ὁ ὁρισμὸς θέσις μέν ἐστι.. ὑ. δ' οὐκ ἔστι· τὸ γὰρ τί ἐστι μονὰς καὶ τὸ εἶναι μονάδα οὐ ταὐτόν Arist.APo. 72a23
;ἐν ταῖς πράξεσι τὸ οὗ ἕνεκα ἀρχή, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς μαθηματικοῖς αἱ ὑ. Id.EN 1151a17
.3 starting-point,ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὑ. λαβεῖν τὸν λόγον τὴν εἰς ἑκάτερον μέρος ὁρμήν Iamb.VP27.130
; beginning, τὰς μὲν ἐλπίδας οὐ τελειοῖ (sc. ὁ ὄνειρος) , τὰς δὲ ὑ. τῶν πραγμάτων ταῖς περιοχαῖς ὁμοίας ποιεῖ (referring to a birth of twins which died), Artem.4.47.4 raw material,τὴν δοθεῖσαν ὑ. εὐφυᾶ πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν γυμναστικῆς.. ἀμείνω ἀποφαίνειν Luc.Hist. Conscr.35
;οἵαν ὕλην καὶ ὑ. φεύγεις·.. μένε οὖν μέχρι ἐξοικειώσῃς σαυτῷ καὶ ταῦτα M.Ant.10.31
.V mortgage, Thphr.Fr.97.1 (pl.).2 thing placed under, base, τὰς ὑ. (signf. 111)ποιούμενος οὐκ ἀρχὰς ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι ὑ., οἷον ἐπιβάσεις τε καὶ ὁρμάς Pl.R. 511b
, cf. Arr.Epict.1.7.22; in D.2.10 (v. supr. IV. 1) the ἀρχαί and ὑποθέσεις (i. e. basic principles) of actions are compared to the foundations ([etym.] τὰ κάτωθεν) of a house or a ship;Τριπτόλεμος.. τὰς πρώτας ὑ. βαλόμενος τῇ πόλει Lib.Or.11.52
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπόθεσις
-
4 κέρας
κέρας, ατος, τό (Hom.+) gener. ‘horn’.① bony projection from the head of an animal, horn lit., in the description of the apocal. beasts (Achmes 189, 16ff, interpretation of three, four, and more horns of an ox seen in a dream, as referring to the corresponding number of the χρόνοι of a ruler) Rv 5:6; 12:3; 13:1, 11; 17:3, 7, 12, 16; B 4:5 (Da 7:7f). Of a calf κέρατα ἐκφέρειν grow horns 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32).② horn-shaped projections, corners or simply ends, extensions transf. sense of 1 (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 282 κ. Ὠκεανοῖο of a river at the end of the Ocean) of the altar (cp. Ex 27:2; 29:12; Lev 4:7 al.; Philo) Rv 9:13.③ exceptional kind of might or power, horn (of power) fig. extension of mng. 1 (cp. Ps 88:18; 131:17; 148:14; 1 Km 2:1, 10; Sir 47:7, 11; 1 Macc 2:48. But also Cephalion [c. 120 A.D.]: 93 Fgm. 7 p. 445, 29 Jac. as a poetic expr. κέρας …, ὅπερ ἐστὶ … δύναμις), hence κ. σωτηρίας horn of salvation (of God Ps 17:3; 2 Km 22:3) of the Messiah ἤγειρεν κ. σωτ. ἡμῖν Lk 1:69 (Goodsp., Probs. 70f a mighty Savior).—IScheftelowitz, D. Hörnermotiv in den Religionen: ARW 15, 1912, 451–87.—B. 209. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. -
5 ὅς
ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrasesAὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ;ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh.οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem.ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. onlyἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ orκαί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
;ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
;ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
;ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
;ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; soτῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
;πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
;ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
;ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
;τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom..,S.
OC 731; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,12.97
;αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who..,E.
Or. 920: rare in Prose,ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which..,D.
19.44 ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
;τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.);φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
;οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
;ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
;ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:a [tense] pres. ind.,τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
;κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also afterὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
;οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., .IV peculiar Idioms:1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.;ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
;ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
;ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ orἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
;τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
;τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may..,Il.
9.165 : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7;δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
;γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).7 in exclamations,ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.2 , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.ὅστις 1
.V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
;εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.; in some places,E.
Or. 638 ;οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others..,Arist.
Oec. 1345b34 : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
;συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; soοὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
;ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, , al.; and so also, because, ,al.2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.------------------------------------ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.Aοἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al.,οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
;τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., (lyr.); (iamb.);ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art.,λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
;ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
;τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.);τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose,τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); andIII of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.) -
6 εἰμί
εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.ⓒ in explanations:α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, beⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
7 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14. -
8 ἔργον
ἔργον, [dialect] Dor. [full] ϝέργον IG4.800 (vi B. C.), Elean [full] ϝάργον SIG9 (vi B.C.), τό: (ἔρδω, OE.A weorc (neut.) 'work', Avest. var[schwa]za-):— work, Il.2.436, etc.;ἔ. οὐδὲν ὄνειδος, ἀεργίη δέ τ' ὄνειδος Hes.Op. 311
;πλεόνων δέ τε ἔ. ἄμεινον Il.12.412
;ἔ. ἐποίχεσθαι 6.492
;νῦν ἔπλετο ἔ. ἅπασι 12.271
; esp. in pl.,ἄλλος ἄλλοισιν..ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις Od. 14.228
;ἐπὶ ἔργα τράποντο Il.3.422
;ἔργων παύσασθαι Od.4.683
; τὰ σ' αὐτῆς ἔργα κόμιζε see to thine own tasks, Il.6.490 : esp. in the following relations,1 in Il. mostly of works or deeds of war,πολεμήϊα ἔ. Il.2.338
, al., Od.12.116 ;ἔργον μάχης Il.6.522
; alone,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐπὶ ἔργῳ 4.175
, cf. 539 ;ὑπέσχετο δὲ μέγα ἔργον 13.366
; ; later,ἔργον.. Ἄρης κρινεῖ A.Th. 414
; ἐν τῷ ἔ. during the action, Th.2.89, cf.7.71 ;τὸ ἐν Πλαταιαῖς ἔ. Pl.Mx. 241c
;τῶν πρότερον ἔ. μέγιστον ἐπράχθη τὸ Μηδικόν Th.1.23
; ἔργου ἔχεσθαι to engage in battle, ib.49.2 of peaceful contests,κρατεῖν ἔ. Pi.O.9.85
;ἔργου ἔχεσθαι Id.P.4.233
; also ἔργα θῆκε κάλλιστ' ἀμφὶ κόμαις placed [the reward of] noble deeds about his hair, Id.O.13.38.3 of works of industry,a of tillage, tilled lands,ἀνδρῶν πίονα ἔ. Il.12.283
, etc. ;ἔργ' ἀνθρώπων 16.392
, Od.6.259 ;βροτῶν 10.147
; οὔτε βοῶν οὔτ' ἀνδρῶν φαίνετο ἔργα ib.98 ; ἔργα alone, 16.140, etc.; Ἔργα καὶ Ἡμέραι—the title of Hesiod's work ; πατρώϊα ἔ. their father's lands, Od.2.22 ; οὔτ' ἐπὶ ἔργα..ἴμεν will neither go to our farms, ib. 127, cf. 252 ; Ἰθάκης..ἔργα the tilled lands of Ithaca, 14.344 ; ἀμφὶ.. Τιταρησσὸν ἔργ' ἐνέμοντο inhabited lands, Il.2.751 ;τὰ τῶν Μυσῶν ἔ. Hdt.1.36
; so later, PBaden 40.5 (ii A.D.) : generally, property, wealth, possessions,θεὸς δ' ἐπὶ ἔργον ἀέξῃ Od.14.65
, cf. 15.372.b of women's work, weaving, Il.9.390, etc. ; ἀμύμονα ἔ. ἰδυίας ib. 128 ;ἔργα ἐργάζεσθαι Od.22.422
, 20.72.c of other occupations, θαλάσσια ἔ. fishing, 5.67 ; a seaman's life, Il.2.614 : periphr., δαιτὸς..ἔργα works of feasting, 9.228 ;φιλοτήσια ἔ. Od.11.246
;ἔργα γάμοιο Il.5.429
;ἔργα Κυπρογενοῦς Sol.26
;Ἀφροδίτης h.Ven.1
; alsoτέκνων ἐς ἔ. A.Ag. 1207
: abs.,ἔργον Luc.DDeor.17.1
, AP12.209 (pl., Strat., s.v.l.); alsoἔργα ἰσχύος καὶ τάχους X.Cyr.1.2.12
; φίλα ἔργα μελίσσαις, of flowers, Theoc.22.42 ; of mines, etc.,ἔ. ἀργυρεῖα X.Vect.4.5
, D.21.167, etc.; ἔργα πίσσια dub. l. in Plu.Cat.Ma.21.4 deed, action,ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Od.1.338
;θέσκελα ἔ. Τρώων Il.3.130
;ἀήσυλα ἔ. 5.876
; καρτερά, ἀεικέα ἔ., ib. 872,22.395; παλίντιτα, ἄντιτα ἔ., Od.1.379, 17.51 ;ἔργα ἀποδέκνυσθαι Hdt.1.16
, cf. Pl.Alc.1.119e, D.C.37.52 ; opp. ἔπος, deed, not word (v.ἔπος 11.1
) ; opp. μῦθος, Il. 9.443, 19.242, A.Pr. 1080 (anap.), etc.; opp. λόγος, S.El. 358, E.Alc. 339 ; ἔργῳ, opp. λόγῳ, freq. in [dialect] Att., etc., Th.2.65, etc.: so in pl.,λόγῳ μὲν..τοῖσι δ' ἔργοισιν S.OC 782
, cf. E.Fr.360.13 ; ; opp. ῥήματα, Id.OC 873 ; opp. ὄνομα, E.IA 128 (anap.), Th.8.78,89 ; in many phrases,πέπρακται τοὔργον A.Pr.75
, cf. Ag. 1346 ;χωρῶ πρὸς ἔργον S.Aj. 116
; τὸ μὲν ἐνθύμημα χαρίεν.., τὸ δὲ ἔ. ἀδύνατον its execution, X.An.3.5.12 ; ἐν ἔργῳ χέρνιβες ξίφος τε ready for action, E.IT 1190 ;ἡ κατάρα ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος εἰς ἔ. ἤγετο Jul.Or.7.228b
.II thing, matter, πᾶν ἔ...ὑπείξομαι in every point, Il.1.294 ;ἃ Ζεὺς μήδετο ἔ. 2.38
, etc.;πάρος τάδε ἔ. γενέσθαι 6.348
, etc.;ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔ. 2.252
, Od.17.78, etc. ;μέμνημαι τόδε ἔ. Il.9.527
;ἄκουε τοὔργον S.Tr. 1157
, cf. OT 847, Aj. 466 ; in bad sense, mischief, trouble, of disease,αἰτίη τοῦ ἔ. Aret.SA1.9
; μέγα ἔ. a serious matter, Od.4.663, Th.3.3.2 μέγα ἔ., like μέγα χρῆμα, χερμάδιον λάβε χειρὶ Τυδεΐδης, μέγα ἔ. a monstrous thing, Il.5.303, cf. 20.286 ; φυλόπιδος μέγα ἔ. a mighty call to arms, 16.208.III [voice] Pass., that which is wrought or made, work, οἷ' ἐπιεικὲς ἔργ' ἔμεν ἀθανάτων, of the arms of Achilles, Il.19.22 ; ἔ. Ἡφαίστοιο metal-work, Od.4.617 ;πέπλοι.., ἔργα γυναικῶν Il.6.289
, Od.7.97, cf. 10.223 ;ὕφασμα, σῆς ἔ. χερός A.Ch. 231
;κολεόν..λώτινον ἔ. Theoc.24.45
; of a wall, Ar.Av. 1125 ; of a statue, X.Mem.3.10.7 : in pl., of siege-works,ἔ. καὶ μηχαναί Plb.5.3.6
; of a machine, Apollod.Poliorc.157.4, al., Ath.Mech.15.2, al.; of public buildings, Mon.Anc.Gr.18.20; of an author's works, D.H.Comp.25 ;τὸ περὶ ψυχῆς ἔργον Ἀριστοτέλους AP11.354.8
(Agath.).2 result of work, profit or interest, ἔργον [ χρημάτων] interest or profit on money, Is.11.42, cf. D.27.10.IV special phrases:1 ἔργον ἐστί,a c. gen. pers., it is his business, his proper work,ἀνδρῶν τόδ' ἐστὶν ἔ. A.Ch. 673
;ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἔ. ἀγαθοῦ πολίτου Pl.Grg. 517c
; of things, φραδέος νόου ἔργα τέτυκται it is a matter (which calls) for a wary mind, Il.24.354 ; function, ; ; τοῦτο ἑκάστου ἔ. ὃ ἂν ἢ μόνον τι ἢ κάλλιστα τῶν ἄλλων ἀπεργάζηται ib. 353a ; functions,Gal.
16.518 : c. dat. pers.,οἷς τοῦτο ἔ. ἦν X.Cyr.4.5.36
, cf. 6.3.27: with the possessive Pron., σὸν ἔ. [ἐστί] c. inf., A.Pr. 635 ;ἐμὸν τόδ' ἔ. κρῖναι Id.Eu. 734
;σὸν ἔ., θῦε θεοῖς Ar.Av. 862
; : with Art.,νῦν ἡμέτερον τὸ ἔ. Hdt.5.1
.b c. gen. rei, there is need of..,τί δῆτα τόξων ἔ.; E.Alc.39
;πολλῆς φυλακῆς ἔ. [ἐστί] Pl.R. 537d
: esp. with neg., ;οὐ δόλου νῦν ἔ. Id.Pl. 1158
, cf. E.Hipp. 911 : c. dat. pers.,ἐπέδρης μὴ εἶναι ἔ. τῇ στρατιῇ Hdt.1.17
: with Art., : with a part. added,οὐδὲν ἦν ἔ. αὐτοῦ κατατείνοντος Plu.Publ.13
: also c. inf., οὐδὲν ἔ. ἑστάναι there is no use in standing still, Ar.Lys. 424, cf. Av. 1308 ;οὐδὲν ἔ. ταῦτα θρηνεῖσθαι S. Aj. 852
, cf. 12.c c. inf., it is hard work, difficult to do,πολὺ ἔ. ἂν εἴη διεξελθεῖν X.Mem.4.6.1
;πολὺ ἔ. ἦν τῷ νομοθέτῃ πάντα γράφειν Lys.10.7
;ἔ. ἐστὶν εἰ ἐροῦμεν D.24.51
;ἔ. εὑρεῖν πρόφασιν Men.76
; alsoμέγα ἔ. ταῖς..ἐπιθυμίαις καλῶς χρῆσθαι Pl.Smp. 187e
;χαλεπὸν ἔ. διαιρεῖν Ar.Ra. 1100
(lyr.): also in gen.,πλείονος ἔ. ἐστὶ..μαθεῖν Pl. Euthphr. 14b
: rarely with a part.,οὐδὲν ἔ. μαχομένῳ Philippid.15.3
; ἔ. [ἐστί] c. acc. et inf., it can scarcely happen that..,ἔ. ἅμα πάντας ὀργισθῆναι καὶ ἁμαρτεῖν Arist.Pol. 1286a35
.2 ἔργον παρασχεῖν τινί give one trouble, Ar.Nu. 523, cf. AP9.161 (Marc. Arg., punning on Hesiod's Ἔργα) ; ἔργον ἔχειν take trouble, c. part., X.Cyr.8.4.6 ; c. inf., Id.Mem.2.10.6.3 ἔ. γίγνεσθαι τῆς νόσου to be its victim, Anon. ap. Suid. s.v. ἄτολμοι ;κτεινόμενος ὑμέτερον ἔ. εἰμί Plu.Eum. 17
;τῆς ὑμετέρας γέγονεν ἔ. ὀλιγωρίας Luc.Dem.Enc.29
.4 ἔ. ποιεῖσθαί τι to make a matter one's business, attend to it, Pl.Phdr. 232a, X.Hier.9.10 ; soἐν ἔργῳ τίθεσθαι Ael.VH4.15
. -
9 αὐτός
Aαὐτόν Leg.Gort. 3.4
, al.), reflexive Pron., self:—in oblique cases used for the personal Pron., him, her, it:—with Art., ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.I self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb: freq. joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (v. infr. 10),1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.11.602; reversely, body, not soul, Il.1.4; oneself, as opp. others who are less prominent, as king to subject, 6.18; Zeus to other gods, 8.4; bird to young, 2.317; man to wife and children, Od.14.265; warrior to horses, Il.2.466, or to weapons, 1.47; shepherd to herd, Od.9.167, cf. Il.1.51; Trojans to allies, 11.220; seamen to ships, 7.338: generally, whole to parts, ib. 474; so laterἡ σίδη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰ φύλλα Thphr.HP4.10.7
, cf. X.Ath.1.19, Pl.Grg. 511e, etc.;αὐτή τε Μανδάνη καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα X.Cyr.1.3.1
;αὐ. τε καὶ τὰ ποιήματα βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι Pl.R. 398a
: abs., the Master, as in the Pythag. phrase Αὐτὸς ἔφα, Lat. Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος.. ;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Ar.Nu. 218; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν ib. 219;ἀνοιγέτω τις δώματ'· Αὐτὸς ἔρχεται
the Master,Id.
Fr. 268, cf. Pl.Prt. 314d, Thphr.Char.2.4, Men.Sam.41:αὐ. ἀϋτεῖ Theoc.24.50
: neut., αὐτὸ σημανεῖ the result will show, E.Ph. 623;αὐτὸ δηλώσει D.19.157
;αὐτὰ δηλοῖ Pl.Prt. 329b
; αὐτὸ διδάξει ib. 324a; esp.αὐτὸ δείξει Cratin. 177
, Pl.Hp.Ma. 288b, cf. Tht. 200e; in full,τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει τοὔργον S.Fr. 388
;τοὔργον τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει Ar.Lys. 375
; redupl., ; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Il.13.615; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Lys.12.12; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, X. An.4.7.7; ; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Th.2.3; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, X.Mem. 4.5.7;αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα D.H.Th.23
; even,οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης Il.6.451
; .—In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the Art. and Subst., or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Art. is sts. omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals,αὐτὸς Μένων X.An.2.1.5
; αὐτὸς βασιλεύς ib.1.7.11.2 of oneself, of one's own accord,ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω Il.17.254
; ;καταπαύσομεν· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ παυέσθων Od.2.168
;ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά S.OT 341
; also, in person,τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον D.1.2
.3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.8.99; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ', i.e. without a mother, 5.880, cf. Hes.Th. 924; by himself,Hdt.
5.85; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Ar.Ach. 504, cf. Th. 472, Pl.Prm. 137b, Herod.6.70, Plu.2.755c, Luc. DDeor.10.2;αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι.. ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις X.An.2.3.7
;ἄνευ τοῦ σίτου τὸ ὄψον αὐτὸ ἐσθίειν Id.Mem.3.14.3
;τὸν τρίβωνα ὃν αὐτὸν φορεῖ Thphr.Char.22.13
(prob.); αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Emp.21.13, al.: strengthd., αὐτὸς κτήσατο οἶος himself alone, Od.14.450; αὐτὸς μόνος, v. μόνος II; αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτόν, v. ἑαυτοῦ.4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea,δίκαιον αὐτό Pl.Phd. 65d
;αὐτὸ τὸ ἕν Id.Prm. 143a
, al., cf. Arist. Metaph. 997b8: neut., αὐτό is freq. in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders,οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις Pl.R. 363a
; less freq. with Art.,τί ποτ' ἐστὶν αὐτὸ ἡ ἀρετή Id.Prt. 360e
; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ οὔ; Id.Smp. 199d; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, ibid.e: later, in compos., αὐτοαγαθόν, αὐτοάνθρωπος, etc. (q. v.), cf. Arist.Metaph. 1040b33; less freq. agreeing with the Subst., , etc.; doubled,ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος μανθάνειν αὐτήν τε αὐτήν, εἰ καλῶς εἴκασται
its very self,Id.
Cra. 439a.5 in dat. with Subst., in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Il.9.194; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all, 14.498, cf. Od.13.118;αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει E. Ion 32
, cf. Hipp. 1213; also withoutσύν, αὐτῇ κεν γαίῃ ἐρύσαι Il.8.24
: so freq. in Prose and Poetry, αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι men and all, Hdt.6.93; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, A.Pr. 223 (lyr.); : with Art., ;αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξι Ar.Eq. 849
, etc.;αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἵπποις κατακρημνισθῆναι X.Cyr.1.4.7
.6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, Th.1.46, cf. 8.35, X.HG2.2.17, Apoc.17.11, etc.:— αὐτός always being the chief person.7 freq. coupled withοὗτος, τοῦτ' αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν Pl.Plt. 267c
, etc.;αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον Id.Grg. 500b
; alsoλεγόντων ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν.. αὐτὰ δὲ τάδε Th.1.139
;πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον X.An.7.1.27
; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e.9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis,αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν Lys.12.68
, cf. A.Fr. 350, X.An.3.2.4.10 in connexion with the person. Pron.,ἐγὼν αὐτός Od.2.194
;σέθεν αὐτοῦ Il.23.312
;νωΐτερον αὐτῶν 15.39
(always divisim in Hom.); folld. by an enclit. Pron.,αὐτόν μιν Od.4.244
; soαὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ Προμηθέως A.Pr.86
; alsoαὐτὸς ἔγωγε Pl.Phd. 59b
, etc.:— after Hom. in the oblique cases αὐτός coalesces with the Pron., ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ (these not in Alc. or Sapph., A.D.Pron.80.10 sqq.), ἑαυτοῦ, etc. (q. v.).b with person. Pron. omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Il.13.252; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν, 24.503;αὐτῶν γὰρ ἀπωλόμεθ' ἀφραδίῃσιν Od.10.27
; in 2.33 οἱ αὐτῷ is simply a strengthd. form of οἱ; and so in [dialect] Att., when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. Pron., cf. X.Cyr.6.2.25 with 6.1.14.c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness,αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ A.Th. 406
; αὐτοὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν ib. 194;αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτούς X.Mem.3.5.4
;αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 201e
; sts. between the Art. and reflex. Pron., , cf. Pr. 762; : also κατ' αὐτὺ ([dialect] Boeot. for αὐτοὶ)αὐτῶν IG7.3172.121
(Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.).d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possess. Pron.,πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ' ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ Il.6.446
;θρῆνον.. ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς A.Ag. 1323
; ; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ ib. 1248; ;τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις X.An. 7.1.29
.e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. Adj.,αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος Hdt.2.25
;τῇ εὐρυτάτη ἐστὶ αὐτὴ ἑωυτῆς Id.1.203
.11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Il.12.225, Od.8.107, 16.138, Pi.N.5.1 (never in Trag.), and in later Prose,αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις IG 14.966
(ii A. D.), cf. Ev.Luc.23.12.12 [comp] Comp.αὐτότερος Epich.5
: [comp] Sup. his very self,Ar.
Pl.83: neut. pl. αὐτότατα dub. in Phld.Piet.80. Adv., [comp] Comp.αὐτοτέρως Gal.18(2).431
.II he, she, it, for the simple Pron. of 3 pers., only in oblique cases (exc. in later Gk., Ev.Luc.4.15, etc.), and rarely first in a sentence, Pl.La. 194e, and later, Ep.Eph.2.10, etc.: rare in [dialect] Ep., Il. 12.204 (where Hdn. treated it as enclitic), and mostly emphatic, ib.14.457, Od.16.388; so in Trag., E.Hel. 421: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence,ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι X.An.2.4.7
;πειράσομαι τῷ πάππῳ.. συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.1.3.15
;ἄνδρα δὴ.. εἰ ἀφίκοιτο εἰς τὴν πόλιν, προσκυνοῖμεν ἂν αὐτόν Pl.R. 398a
; after a Relative,ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;οὓς μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν X.An.6
. 4.9, cf. 1.9.29; esp. where a second Verb requires a change of case in the Pron.,οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι Id.An.2.5.27
;ἐκεῖνοι οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθ' οἱ λέγοντες οὐδ' ἐφίλουν αὐτούς D.3.24
; in subdivisions,ὅσοι.. οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν.. X.Cyr.1.1.1
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 168e; later, pleonastically after a Relative,ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν Call.Epigr.43
, cf. Ev.Luc.3.16, Apoc.7.2, etc.: in S.Ph. 316 αὐτοῖς is emphatic 'in their own persons'.III with Art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and [dialect] Att. [var] contr. αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre, cf. S.OT 734 with 325, and in Prose to avoid hiatus): gen. ταὐτοῦ, dat. ταὐτῷ, pl. neut. ταὐτά; [dialect] Ion. ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Hom., Il. 6.391, Od.7.55, 326;ὁ αὐ. εἰμι τῇ γνώμῃ Th.3.38
, cf. 5.75;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c. dat., to denote sameness or agreement, esp. in Prose,τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν Hdt.4.119
; ; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Pl. Euthd. 298a; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., X.An.3.1.27; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one, ib.30, cf. A.Ch. 210;κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Νείλῳ Hdt.2.20
;τῇ αὐτῇ.. καί Id.4.109
; ;ὁ αὐτός.. ὥσπερ Pl.Phd. 86a
; face to face,Jul.
Or.2.5a0.2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named,Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ. PLille23.8
(iii B. C.), etc.IV Adverbial phrases:1 simply, merely,Ph.
2.252, etc.;αὐ. μόνον ἐργάτης Luc.Somn.9
;αὐ. μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φωνῆς A.D.Synt.22.20
.3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as Adv., PGrenf.1.114 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Pet. 1.5;τῆς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κινουμένης σφαίρας Iamb. Comm.Math.17
.4 with Preps., added together, making a total,PLond.
2.196.37 (ii A. D.); together, at the same time,Act.Ap.
14.1, etc.; but just then,Hdn.
1.12.3.V In Compos.:1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος.2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς.3 in the abstract, the ideal, v. supr.1.4.4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα.5 rarely with reflex. sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω.6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος.7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., v. the respective Arts. -
10 κατά
κατά [(A)][ κᾰτᾰ], poet. καταί acc. to A.D.Synt.309.28, found in Compds., as καταιβάτης: Prep. with gen. or acc.:—A downwards.A WITH GEN.,I denoting motion from above, down from, βῆ δὲ κατ' Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων, κατ' Ἰδαίων ὀρέων, βαλέειν κ. πέτρης, Il. 22.187, 16.677, Od.14.399;κατ' οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας Il.6.128
; καθ' ἵππων ἀΐξαντε ib. 232;δάκρυα.. κ. βλεφάρων Χαμάδις ῥέε 17.438
;ἵεις σαυτὸν κ. τοῦ τείχους Ar.V. 355
;ἁλόμενοι κ. τῆς πέτρας X.An.4.2.17
;κ. τῶν πετρῶν ὦσαι Pl.Phdr. 229c
;κ. κρημνῶν ῥιφέντες Id.Lg. 944a
:— for κατ' ἄκρης v. ἄκρα:Μοῖσα κ. στόματος Χέε νέκταρ Theoc.7.82
(but perh. in sense 11.1).1 down upon or over,κ. Χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας Il.3.217
; of the dying, κατὰ.. ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ' ἀχλύς a cloud settled upon the eyes, 5.696, cf. 20.321;τὸν δὲ κατ' ὀφθαλμῶν.. νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν 13.580
; φᾶρος κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε down over.., Od.8.85; [ κόπρος]κ. σπείους κέχυτο.. πολλή 9.330
; ὕδωρ κ. Χειρός, v. Χείρ; μύρον κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχέαντες Pl.R. 398a;νάρκη μου κ. τῆς Χειρὸς καταχεῖται Ar.V. 713
;κ. τῆς τραπέζης καταπάσας τέφραν Id.Nu. 177
; ξαίνειν κ. τοῦ νώτου πολλὰς [ πληγάς] D.19.197;ἐσκεδασμένοι κ. τῆς Χώρας Plb.1.17.10
;οἱ κ. νώτου πονοῦντες Id.3.19.7
;ῥόπαλον ἤλασα κὰκ κεφαλῆς Theoc.25.256
; κ. κόρρης παίειν, = ἐπὶ κόρρης, Luc.Cat.12, al.b Geom., along, upon, πίπτειν κατ' [ εὐθείας] Archim.Sph.Cyl.1 Def.2; αἱ γωνίαι κ. κύκλων περιφερειῶν ἐνεχθήσονται will move on.., ib.1.23, al., cf. Aristarch.Sam.1.2 down into,νέκταρ στάξε κ. ῥινῶν Il.19.39
; of a dart,κ. γαίης ᾤχετο 13.504
, etc.; ;ψυχὴ κ. Χθονὸς ᾤχετο 23.100
; κ. γᾶς underground, Pi.O.2.59; κατ' ὕδατος under water, Hdt.2.149; [ ποταμὸς]δὺς κ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Phd.
113c, cf. Ti. 25d;κ. γῆς σύμεναι A.Eu. 1007
(anap.); κ. Χθονὸς κρύψαι to bury. S.Ant.24; ὁ κ. γῆς one dead and buried, X.Cyr.4.6.5;οἱ κ. Χθονὸς θεοί A.Pers. 689
, etc.;θεοὶ<οἱ> κ. γᾶς Id.Ch. 475
(lyr.), etc.; so κ. θαλάσσης ἀφανίζεσθαι, καταδεδυκέναι, Hdt.7.6, 235; also βᾶτε κατ' ἀντιθύρων go down by or through.., S.El. 1433.3 later, towards a point, τοξεύειν κ. σκοποῦ to shoot at, Hdn.6.7.8;κατ' ἰχνῶν τινος ὁδεύειν Luc.Rh.Pr.9
.4 of vows or oaths, by,καθ' ἡμῶν ὀμνύναι D.29.26
, cf. 54.38;ἐπιορκήσασα κ. τῶν παίδων Lys.32.13
; esp. of the victims, etc., over which the oath is taken, ὀμνυόντων τὸν ἐπιχώριον ὅρκον καθ' ἱερῶν τελείων Foed. ap. Th.5.47, cf. Arist.Ath.29.5, Foed.Delph.Pell.1A9, etc.;κ. τῶν νικητηρίων εὐξάμενοι D.Ep.1.16
; also κατ' ἐξωλείας ὀμνύναι to imprecate destruction on oneself, Id.21.119;κατ' ἐξ. ἐπιορκεῖν Id.57.22
.b to make a vow towards, i.e. make a vow of offering..,κ. Χιλίων εὐχὴν ποιήσασθαι Χιμάρων Ar. Eq. 660
.5 in hostile sense, against, A.Ch. 221, S.Aj. 304, etc.;κ. πάντων φύεσθαι D.18.19
; esp. of judges giving sentence against a person, A.Th. 198, S.Aj. 449, etc.;ψεύδεσθαι κατά τινος Lys.22.7
;λέγειν κατά τινος κακά S.Ph.65
, cf. X.HG1.5.2, etc.; of speeches, [ λόγος] κ. Μειδίου, etc. (opp. πρὸς Λεπτίνην, in reply to L.);δῶρα εἰληφέναι κατά τινος Din.3.6
, cf. 18.6 of Time, for,μισθοῦν κ. εἴκοσι ἐτῶν IG12.94.37
; κ. βίου for life, Tab.Heracl.1.50;κὰπ παντὸς Χρόνοι IG9(2).517.20
([place name] Larissa ) (butκ. παντὸς τοῦ Χρόνου σκέψασθε D. 22.72
falls under 7);κ. παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀείμνηστον Lycurg.7
.7 in respect of, concerning,μὴ κατ' ἀνθρώπων σκόπει μόνον τοῦτο Pl. Phd. 70d
;κ. τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν τοιαῦτα εὑρήσομεν Id.Sph. 253b
; οἱ κ. Δημοσθένους ἔπαινοι praises bestowed on D., Aeschin.3.50; ἐρεῖν or λέγειν κατά τινος to say of one, Pl.Ap. 37b, Prt. 323b, etc.;εἰ κ. θηλείας φαίης A.D.Synt.198.10
;εἴπερ ἕν γέ τι ζητεῖς κ. πάντων Pl.Men. 73d
, cf. 74b;ὅπερ εἴρηται καθόλου κ. πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν Arist.Pol. 1307b2
; freq. in the Logic of Arist., κατά τινος λέγεσθαι or κατηγορεῖσθαι to be predicated of.., Int.16b10, Cat. 1b10, etc.; καταφῆσαί (or ἀποφῆσαί) τι κατά τινος to affirm (or deny) of.., Metaph. 1007b21; soκ. τινὸς ὑπάρχειν Int. 16b13
: and in Adv. καθόλου (q.v.).B WITH Acc.,I of motion downwards, κ. ῥόον down stream, Od.14.254, Il.12.33; opp. ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν, Hdt.2.96; κ. τὸν ποταμόν, κ. τὸ ὑδάτιον, Id.1.194, Pl.Phdr. 229a; κατ' οὖρον ἰέναι, ῥεῖν, down (i.e. with) the wind, A.Th. 690, S.Tr. 468; κ. πνεῦμα, κατ' ἄνεμον ἵστασθαι to leeward, Arist.HA 535a19, 560b13, Dsc.4.153.2 with or without signf. of motion, on, over, throughout a space, freq. in Hom.,καθ' Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον Ἄργος Od.1.344
; κατ' Ἀχαΐδα, κ. Τροίην, Il.11.770, 9.329;κατ' ἠερόεντα κέλευθα Od.20.64
; κ. πόντον, κῦμα, ὕλην, Il.4.276, 6.136, 3.151;κ. πτόλιν Od.2.383
; κ. ἄστυ, οἶκον, Il.18.286, 6.56; κ. ὅμιλον, στρατόν, 3.36, 1.229; κ. κλισίας τε νέας τε ib. 487;πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα 17.512
; κ. ὑσμίνην, μόθον, κλόνον, 5.84, 18.159, 16.331;τὸ ὕδωρ κ. τοὺς ταφροὺς ἐχώρει X.Cyr.7.5.16
, etc. (in later Gr.of motion to a place,κ. τὴν Ἰταλίαν Zos.3.1
);καθ' Ἑλλάδα A.Ag. 578
;κ. πτόλιν Id.Th.6
;αἱ σκηναὶ αἱ κ. τὴν ἀγοράν D.18.169
;τὰ κατ' ἀγροὺς Διονύσια Aeschin.1.157
, etc.;κ. τὸ προάστιον Hdt.3.54
;τύμβον κατ' αὐτόν A. Th. 528
, cf. Supp. 869 (lyr.): Geom., at a point, Euc.1.1,al.; τέμνειν [ σφαῖραν] κ. κύκλον in a circle, Archim.Aren.1.17; also, in the region of,οἱ κ. τὸν ἥλιον γινόμενοι ἀστέρες Gem.12.7
: freq. in Hom. in describing the place of a wound, βαλεῖν κ. στῆθος, γαστέρα, etc., Il.11.108, 16.465, al.;νύξε κ. δεξιὸν ὦμον 5.46
;οὔτασε κατ' ἰσχίον 11.339
; so βαλεῖν κατ' ἀσπίδα, κ. ζωστῆρα, 5.537, 615; βέλος κ. καίριον ἦλθεν struck upon a vital part, v.l. in 11.439: metaph.,ἄχος κ. φρένα τύψε 19.125
: generally, κ. φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν in heart and soul, 4.163, al.3 opposite, over against,κ. Σινώπην πόλιν Hdt.1.76
, cf. 2.148, Th.2.30, etc.;ἀνὴρ κατ' ἄνδρα A.Th. 505
;μολὼν.. μοι κ. στόμα Id.Ch. 573
;κατ' ὀφθαλμούς τινος LXX 2 Ki.12.11
;οἱ μὲν Ἀθηναῖοι κ. Λακεδαιμονίους ἐγένοντο X.HG4.2.18
; κατ' Ἀχαιοὺς ἀντετάχθησαν ibid.;ἐν συμποσίῳ.., περίμενε, μέχρις ἂν γένηται κατὰ σέ Epict.Ench. 15
, cf. D.L.7.108.II distributively, of a whole divided into parts, κρῖν' ἄνδρας κ. φῦλα, κ. φρήτρας by tribes, by clans, Il.2.362; κ. σφέας μαχέονται by themselves, separately, ib. 366, cf. Th.4.64;ἐσκήνουν κ. τάξεις X.Cyr.2.1.25
;αὐτὴ καθ' αὑτήν A.Pr. 1013
; κ. κώμας κατοικημένοι in separate villages, Hdt.1.96; κατ' ἑωυτοὺς ἕκαστοι ἐτράποντο each to his own home, Id.5.15; κ. πόλεις ἀποπλεῦσαι, διαλυθῆναι, Th.1.89, 3.1:στρατιὰ κ. ἕνδεκα μέρη κεκοσμημένη Pl.Phdr. 247a
; laterοἱ κατ' ἄνδρα λόγοι PLond.2.259.72
(i A. D.), cf. D.Chr.32.6, etc.;ἡ κατ' οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή PLond.3.904.20
(ii A.D.), etc.; κατ' ἔπος word by word, Ar.Ra. 802; κατ' ὄνομα individually, 3 Ep.Jo.15, etc.; παῖδα κ. κρήνην at each fount a boy, Lyr.Alex.Adesp.37.13, cf. POxy 2108.9 (iii A.D.).2 of Time, καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, day by day, daily, v. ἡμέρα 111; καθ' ἑνιαυτόν, κατ' ἔτος, Test.Epict.6.24, Ev.Luc.2.41, etc.;κ. μῆνα POxy.275.18
(i A.D.).3 of Numbers, by so many at a time, καθ' ἕνα one at a time, individually, Hdt.7.104 (later detailed list,PTeb.
47.34 (ii B.C.), etc.); κ. μίαν τε καὶ δύο by ones and twos, Hdt.4.113; ; ; κ. τὰς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μνᾶς πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς εἰσφέρειν to pay 500 drachmae on every 25 minae, D.27.7;κ. διακοσίας καὶ τριακοσίας ὁμοῦ τι τάλαντον διακεχρημένον
in separate sums of and 300 drachmae, Id.27.11; of ships, κ. μίαν (sc. ναῦν) in column, Th.2.90;κ. μίαν ναῦν ἐπιτάττειν Plb.1.26.12
, cf. Th.2.84: Geom., μετρεῖν, μετρεισθαι κατά.. , measure, be measured a certain number of times, Euc.7 Def.8,9,al.; μετρεῖν κ. τὰς ἐν τῷ Β μονάδας as many times as there are units in B, Id.7.16.III of direction towards an object or purpose, πλεῖν κ. πρῆξιν on a business, for or after a matter, Od. 3.72, 9.253; πλάζεσθαι κ. ληΐδα to rove in search of booty, 3.106; κ.ληΐην ἐκπλῶσαι Hdt.2.152
;ἔβη κ. δαῖτα Il.1.424
;ἐπιδημεῖν κατ' ἐμπορίαν IG22.141.32
, cf. Arist.Ath.11.1; κ. Χρέος τινὸς ἐλθεῖν come to seek his help, consult him, Od.11.479, etc.;ἵεται κ. τὴν φωνήν Hdt.2.70
; κ. θέαν ἥκειν to have come for the purpose of seeing, Th.6.31;κ. πλοῦν ἤδη ὤν Id.7.31
;καθ' ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι X.An.3.5.2
; κ. τί; for what purpose? why? Ar.Nu. 239.2 of pursuit,κ. πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν Hdt.9.89
; simply κ. τινά after him, Id.1.84;ἰέναι κ. τοὺς ἄλλους Id.9.53
; κατ' ἴχνος on the track, S.Aj.32, A.Ag. 695 (lyr.);ὥσπερ κατ' ἴχνη κ. τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα ζῆν Pl.Phd. 115b
.3 Geom., in adverbial phrases, κ. κάθετον in the same vertical line, Archim. Quadr.6; κατ' εὐθεῖάν τινι in the same straight line with.., Papp. 58.7.IV of fitness or conformity, in accordance with,κ. θυμόν Il.1.136
; καθ' ἡμέτερον νόον after our liking, 9.108;κ. νόον πρήξωμεν Hdt.4.97
; κ. μοῖραν as is meet and right, Il.1.286; κατ' αἶσαν, κ. κόσμον, 10.445, 472;κ. νόμον Hes.Th. 417
;κὰν νόμον Pi.O.8.78
;κ. τοὺς νόμους IG22.1227.15
; αἰτίαν καθ' ἥντινα for what cause, A.Pr. 228; κατ' ἔχθραν, κ. φθόνον, for (i.e. because of) hatred, envy, Id.Supp. 336, Eu. 686; καθ' ἡδονήν τι δρᾶν, ποιεῖν, do as one pleases, Th. 2.37,53;κ. τὸ ἔχθος τὸ Θεσσαλῶν Hdt.8.30
, cf. 9.38; κ. φιλίαν, κατ' ἔχθος, Th.1.60, 103, etc.; κατ' ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, ὅτι δέ.. for no other reason but that.., Pl.Phdr. 229d; κ. δύναμιν to the best of one's power, Hdt.3.142, etc. ( κὰδ δ. Hes.Op. 336); κ. τρόπον διοικεῖν arrange suitably, Isoc.2.6,al.; κατ' εὐνοίην with goodwill, Hdt.6.108;κ. τὰ παρηγγελμένα X.An.2.2.8
, etc.; in quotations, according to,κατ' Αἰσχύλον Ar.Th. 134
;κ. Πίνδαρον Pl.Phdr. 227b
, etc.2 in relation to, concerning, τὰ κατ' ἀνθρώπους = τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, A.Eu. 930, 310;τὰ κ. τὸν Τέλλον Hdt.1.31
; τὰ κ. τὴν Κύρου τελευτήν ib. 214; τὰ κ. πόλεμον military matters, Aeschin.1.181; αἱ κ. τὴν πόλιν οἰκονομίαι (opp. αἱ πολεμικαὶ πράξεις ) the management of public affairs, Din. 1.97;τὰ κ. τὰς θυσίας SIG506.7
(Delph., iii B.C.); so τὸ κατ' ὑμέας as far as concerns you, Hdt.7.158; τὸ κατ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, D.18.247; κ. τοῦτο in this respect, Hdt.5.3, etc.; κ. ταὐτά in the same way, Id.2.20; καθ' ὅτι so far as, Th.1.82, etc.3 in Comparisons, corresponding with, after the fashion of, κρομύοιο λοπὸν κ. like the coat of an onion, dub. in Od.19.233;μέλος κ. Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολὰν πέμπεται Pi.P.2.67
; κ. Μιθραδάτην answering to the description of him, Hdt.1.121; τὴν ἰδέαν κ. πνιγέα like an oven in appearance, Ar.Av. 1001; κηδεῦσαι καθ' ἑαυτόν to marry in one's own rank of life, A.Pr. 890;οὐ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν Id.Th. 425
;λέγω κατ' ἄνδρα, μὴ θεόν, σέβειν ἐμέ Id.Ag. 925
; οὐ κατὰ σέ none of your sort, Chionid.1 (but ἵνα προσείπω σε κατὰ σέ to address you in your own style, Pl.Grg. 467c);τὸ κατ' ἐμὲ καὶ οὐ κατ' ἐμέ Arr.Epict.1.28.5
;οὐ κ. τὰς Μειδίου λῃτουργίας D.21.169
;ἡ βασιλεία κ. τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐστί Arist.Pol. 1310b3
: freq. after a [comp] Comp.,μέζων ἢ κατ' ἀνθρώπων φύσιν Hdt.8.38
, cf. Pl.Ap. 20e, etc.; μείζω ἢ κ. δάκρυα too great for tears, Th.7.75; ἤθεα βαθύτερα ἢ κ. Θρήϊκας morerefined than was common among the Thracians, Hdt.4.95.V by the favour of a god, etc.,κ. δαίμονα Pi.O.9.28
, cf. P.8.68;κ. θεῖον Ar.Eq. 147
codd. (κ. θεὸν Cobet);κ. τύχην τινά D.48.24
.VI of round numbers (v. infr. v11.2), nearly, about,κ. Χίλια ἑξακόσια ἔτεα 1600
years more or less, Hdt.2.145, cf. 6.44, al.; κατ' οὐδέν next to nothing, Pl.Plt. 302b.VII of Time, during or in the course of a period,κ. τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.7.137
; καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, by day, A. Ch. 818, Ag. 668;κατ' εὐφρόνην Id.Pers. 221
; κ. Χειμῶνα, κ. θερείαν, PLille 1r14 (iii B.C.), PTeb.27.60 (ii B.C.).2 about,κ. τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον Χρόνον Hdt.3.131
, etc.;κ. τοὺς θανάτους τῶν βασιλέων Id.6.58
; esp. with names of persons, κ. Ἄμασιν βασιλεύοντα about the time of Amasis, Id.2.134;κ. τὸν κ. Κροῖσον Χρόνον Id.1.67
; οἱ κατ' ἐκεῖνον (sc. τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην)ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι D.21.146
(v.l. κατ' ἐκ. τὸν Χρόνον); κ. τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας X.Lac.10.8
; οἱ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἄνθρωποι their contemporaries, Id.Mem.3.5.10.3 καθ' ἕτος this year, SIG 284.24 (Erythrae, iv B.C.), OGI458.64 (i B.C./iA.D.), CIG3641b5,38 ([place name] Lampsacus).VIII periphrastically with abstract Subst., κατ' ἡσυχίην, κ. τάχος, = ἡσύχως, ταχέως, Hdt.1.9,7.178; κ. κράτος by force, X.HG2.1.19, etc.; κ. μέρος partially, Arist.Po. 1456a16; individually, severally, Pl.Tht. 157b, Lg. 835a; κ. φύσιν naturally, Hdt. 2.38, Pl.R. 428e; κ. τὴν τέχνην skilfully, Luc.DDeor.20.7; οὔτ' ἐμοὶ λέγειν καθ' ἡδονήν [ ἐστι] it is not pleasant for me to tell you, A.Pr. 263.C Position: κατά may follow both its cases, and is then written with anastr. κάτα, as Il.20.221, etc.; so also in tmesi, when it follows its Verb, 17.91.D abs. as ADV. in all the above senses, esp. like κάτω, downwards, from above, down, freq. in Hom.I downwards, down, as inκαταβαίνω, καταβάλλω, κατάκειμαι, καταπέμπω, καταπίπτω, καταπλέω 1
.III against, in hostile sense (cf. A.11.5), as in καταγιγνώσκω, κατακρίνω, καταψηφίζομαι: more rarely with a Subst., as καταδίκη.IV back, back again, as inκάτειμι, καταπορεύομαι, καταπλέω 11
.V freq. only to strengthen the notion of the simple word, as in κατακόπτω, κατακτείνω, καταφαγεῖν, etc.; also with Substs. and Adjs., as in κατάδηλος, κάτοξος.VI sts. to give a trans. force to an intr. Verb, our be-, as in καταθρηνέω bewail.VII implying waste or consumption, as in καταλειτουργέω, καθιπποτροφέω, καταζευγοτροφέω: and generally in a disparaging sense, as in .F κατά as a Prep. was shortd. in some dialects, esp. in [dialect] Ep., into κάγ, κάδ, κάκ, κάμ, κάν, κάπ, κάρ, κάτ, before γ, δ, κ, μ, ν, π (or φ) , ῥ, τ (or θ), respectively; see these forms in their own places. Mss. and the older Edd. join the Prep. with the following word, as καγγόνυ, καδδέ, κακκεφαλῆς, καππεδίον, καπφάλαρα, καρρόον, καττάδε, καττόν, etc. In compd. Verbs, κατά sts. changes into καβ, καλ, καρ, κατ, before β, λ, ρ, θ, respectively, as κάββαλε, κάλλιπε, καρρέζουσα, κάτθανε; and before στ, σχ, the second syll. sts. disappears, as in καστορνῦσα, κάσχεθε, as also in the [dialect] Dor. forms καβαίνων, κάπετον.------------------------------------κατά [(B)], -
11 νόστιμος
A belonging to a return (not in Il.), ν. ἦμαρ the day of return, i. e. the return itself, Od.1.9, 168, 3.233, etc. ;ν. φάος A.Pers. 261
; ν. σωτηρία ib. 797 ;ν. ἦτορ AP 5.231
(Paul. Sil.).2 able or likely to return,ἐπεί ῥ' ἔτιν. ἐστι Od.4.806
;ἀπόλωλε καὶ οὐκέτι ν. ἐστι 19.85
, cf. A.Ag. 618 ; ν. κινεῖν πόδα, v. πούς.II ( νόστος II) of plants and fruit, yielding a high return, productive, Thphr.CP4.13.2 ([comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup.) ; φέρε δ' ἀγρόθι νόστιμα πάντα all things in abundance, Call.Cer. 136 ;τὸν. τῶν καρπῶν S.E.M. 7.17
.2 succulent, nutritious,τροφή Sor.1.54
([comp] Comp.) ; of fish, Aët. 9.30 ([comp] Sup.) ;τὸ λιπαρὸν καὶ ν. Plu.2.684d
;τὸ -ώτατον ὁ καπνὸς παραλαβὼν ἐς τὸν οὐρανὸν οἴχεται Luc.Luct. 19
.3 wholesome,ὕδωρ J.BJ 4.8.3
([comp] Comp.) ;γένοιτο αὐτῷ.. τὰ ν. ἄνοστα BCH51.148
(Tab. Defix., Cyprus) ; palatable, Phld.D.3.13, Hsch. s.v. ἕσμιον :—in this sense expld.διὰ τὸ ἡδὺ τοῦ Ὁμηρικοῦ νόστου Eust. 1383.40
.4 τὸ ν., of resin obtained from galbanum, starch from wheat, the valuable part, Dsc.3.83, 2.101 ; soτὸ ἰλυῶδες καὶ ν. Id.5.75
.2 in literary criticism, succulent, εἴ τι ν. τῆς ποιήσεως, τῆς ἱστορίας, Eust.ad D.P. Prooem.pp.70,71: generally,ὅπερ ἦν -ώτατον ἐν σοὶ ἀπανθισάμενος Luc.Merc.Cond.39
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > νόστιμος
-
12 τις
A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion.τεῳ Il.16.227
, Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the formοὔ τινι Il.17.68
, Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only inοὔ τινες Od.6.279
, 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα (ὅτινα Il.22.450
), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an;θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191
;καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142
; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.II special usages:1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one,ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201
, etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.2 any one concerned, every one,εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382
; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254; , cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187; ; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77;ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75
; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words,τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65
, Th.6.31, etc.; , Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.;ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113
, etc.;οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118
. In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85;ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53
, cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad,ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74
;ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11
: hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron.,ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289
, cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force,φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59
(lyr.);μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8
; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939;εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13
;τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156
;τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213
;ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71
; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut., , cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.;ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e
;οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c
.b τις is sts. opp. to another word,ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221
;τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59
;μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33
(more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT)αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c
;ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9
, cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38;τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30
; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so,ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9
, cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7;Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233
, cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so alsoὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288
; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144;ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911
;δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83
;τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61
;προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23
; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34;ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111
, cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές orτινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17
, 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48;τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61
; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.;κόσοι τινές Id.7.234
;πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3
;πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156
;ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58
.9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.;ποῖός τις S.Ant.42
, OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.;ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2
, al.;εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139
, cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.;τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7
.10 with the Article,a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in , the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ὁ, ἡ, τό B.1.5
: later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.c freq. in opposed clauses,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141
, Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.;ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407
;ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15
: pl.,οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127
, cf. Th.2.91;οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10
, etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6
; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut.,τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40
; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl.,τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14
, cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).II the neut. τι is used,a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all,ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421
;παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7
, etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so alsoὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365
;οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123
, etc.;ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75
, etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3,πολύς 111.1a
, 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction withοὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3
; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280;μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234
:—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107;καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28
.12 τίς τε freq. in Hom.,ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33
, 4.141, v. τε B.13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b;ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62
(s. v.l.).b repeated in successive clauses, ; (where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause, , cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις)φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199
, cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, asἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189
(lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις]τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128
;ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14
.--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78;τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.
in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause,πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e
; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.);ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32
;οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5
(v.l. for τὺ).b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word,τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40
, cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2;τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1
;τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127
;ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6
;ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48
: without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence,πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.2 position:a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word,ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508
, cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ; .b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive,τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85
;τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38
;τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90
;ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179
; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (butαἴ κά τις Epich.35
, 159;αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13
): later [dialect] Dor. , al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rareεἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15
. -
13 ἴσος
ἴσος, η, ον, [dialect] Ep. [full] ἶσος and [full] ἔϊσος (v. infr.); Cret., Arc. [full] ϝίσϝος GDI 4998ii2, 4982.2, Schwyzer665, cf. γισγόν· ἴσον, Hsch.; later [full] ἵσος Schwyzer 708a (1) (Ephesus, iv B.C.), Tab.Heracl.1.175, etc.:—A equal in size, strength, or number, c. dat.,κύματα ἶσα ὄρεσσιν Od.3.290
, etc.; freq. of appearance, like,ἶσος ἀναύδῳ 10.378
;ἶσος Ἄρευι Sapph.91
(dub.); ἴσος θεοῖσιν Ead.2.1: freq.abs.,ἴσην.. βίην καὶ κῦδος Il.7.205
; ἶσον θυμὸν ἔχειν to be of like mind, 13.704, 17.720: neut. as Adv.,ἶσον ἐμοὶ φρονέουσα 15.50
; , cf. 21.315, etc.; ἴσος τινὶ τὸ μέγαθος, ὕψος, Hdt.2.32, 124; τὸ μῆκος, τὸ πλάτος, X.An. 5.4.32; ; ἴσα τὸν ἀ. Pl.R. 441c; ποτὴν ἴσον equal in flight of song, Alex.Aet.5.5; ἴσον, τό, copy of a document, PLond. 3.1222.5 (ii A.D.), etc.: with dat. pers. in place of an object of comparison, οὐ μὲν σοί ποτε ἶσον ἔχω γέρας (i.e. τῷ σῷ γέραϊ) Il.1.163; τοῖσδ' ἴσας ναῦς (i.e. ταῖς τῶνδε) E.IA 262(lyr.); : folld. by a relative word, ἐμοὶ ἴσον.., ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν the same to me as to you, Ar.Ec. 173;τὰ ἐκεῖ ἴσα, ὥσπερ τὰ ἐνθάδε Lys.19.36
codd. (fort. σᾶ) ; τὰ ἴσα ὅσαπερ.. Lex ap.D.23.44;ἴσον.. ὅπερ Pl.Erx. 405b
.2 repeated to denote equal relations, ἴσα πρὸς ἴσα tit for tat, Hdt.1.2;ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους S. Ant. 142
(anap.);ἴσους ἴσοισι.. ἀντιθείς E.Ph. 750
;ἴσα ἀντὶ ἴσων λαμβάνειν, ἐκδοῦναι Pl.Lg. 774c
; ἴσος ἴσῳ (sc. οἶνος ὕδατι) Cratin.184, Com.Adesp.107, etc.; κύλικος ἴσον ἴσῳ κεκραμένης (where ἴσον is adverbial) Ar.Pl. 1132;διδόναι γάλα καὶ οἶνον πίνειν ἴσον ἴσῳ Hp. Epid.2.5.1
: metaph., 'fairly blended',μηδὲν ἴσον ἴσῳ φέρων Ar.Ach. 354
.3 of persons, equal in rights,βούλεται ἡ πόλις ἐξ ἴσων εἶναι καὶ ὁμοίων Arist.Pol. 1295b25
; ἡ πολιτικὴ ἐλευθέρων καὶ ἴσων ἀρχή ib. 1255b20; τὸ κατ' ἀξίαν ἴ. ib. 1307a26, al.II equally divided or distributed,ἴση μοῖρα Il.9.318
; ἴση alone, one's equal share,μή τίς μοι ἀτεμβόμενος κίοι ἴσης Od.9.42
( ἴσσης cj. Fick, cf. ἴσσασθαι); τὴν ἴ. ἔχων Cratin.250
; οὐ μὴν ἴ. ἔτεισεν (sc. τίσιν) S.OT 810; ἄχρι τῆς ἴ. up to the point of equality, D.5.17: neut.,μὴ ἴσον νεῖμαι ἑκατέρῳ Pl.Prt. 337a
;οὐ μόνον ἴσον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλέον ἔχειν Isoc.17.57
; οὐκ ἀνέξῃ δωμάτων ἔχων ἴσον καὶ τῷδε νεῖμαι; E.Ph. 547; τὰ ἴσα fair measure,τὰ ἴ. νέμειν Hdt. 6.11
; μὴ ἴσων ἕκαστον τυγχάνειν ἀλλὰ πλεονεκτεῖν, X.Cyr.2.2.20; προστυχεῖν τῶν ἴ. to obtain fair terms, S.Ph. 552; κἂν ἴσαι (sc. ψῆφοι) γένωνται equally divided, Ar.Ra. 685.2 based on equality of rights,ἴ. καὶ ἔννομος πολιτ εία Aeschin.1.5
; ; τὰ ἴ. equal rights, equality, freq. joined with τὰ ὅμοια orτὰ δίκαια, ὡς τῆς πολιτείας ἐσομένης ἐν τοῖς ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίοις X.HG7.1.45
;τῶν ἴ. καὶ τῶν δικαίων ἕκαστος ἡγεῖται ἑαυτῷ μετεῖναι ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ D.21.67
; οὐ μέτεστι τῶν ἴ. οὐδὲ τῶν ὁμοίων πρὸς τοὺς πλουσίους τοῖς λοιποῖς ib.112; τῶν ἴ. μετεῖχε τοῖς ἄλλοις ib.96; also ἡ ἴ. καὶ ὁμοία (sc. δίκη), τῆς ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίας μετέχειν Th.4.105
; ἐπ' ἴ. τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, ά, cf. Th.1.145; ἐπὶ τῇ ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίᾳ ib.27, cf. SIG312.27 (Samos, iv B.C.), OGI229.44 (Smyrna, iii B.C.), etc.: generally, just, fair, ἐκ ποίας ἴ. καὶ δικαίας προφάς εως; D.18.284.3 of persons, fair, impartial, S.Ph. 684(lyr.), OT 677;ἴ. δικαστής Pl.Lg. 957c
;ἴ. καὶ κοινοὶ ἀκροαταί D.29.1
, cf. 18.7;ἴ. καὶ κοινὸν δικαστήριον Id.7.36
;κοινοὺς μὲν.., ἴ. δὲ μή Pl.Prt. 337a
;ἴ. ἴσθι κρινων Men.Mon. 266
, cf. 257;κριταὶ ἴ. καὶ δίκαιοι Plb.24.15.3
, etc.4 adequate,ἡ ἴ. φρουρά Th.7.27
(expld. by Sch. as regular, τεταγμένη) ; ἴσος τοῖςπαροῦσι Id.1.132
.III of ground, even, flat, εἰς τὸ ἴ. καταβαίνειν, of an army, X.An.4.6.18 (but ἐν ἴσῳ προσιέναι to advance with even step, ib.1.8.11); λέουσιν εἰς τὸ ἴ. καθιστάμενοι μάχεσθαι, opp. μετὰ πλεονεξίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι, on even terms, Id.Cyr.1.6.28; ἴ. τοῖχος, opp. κεκλικώς, perpendicular, Phlp.in APo.2.27.IV Adv. ἴσως (v. sub voc.): but also,1 neut. sg. and pl. from Hom. downwds. (v. sub init.), ἶσον.. ἀπήχθετο κηρὶ μελαίνῃ even as Death, Il.3.454; ἶσον ἐμοὶ βασίυε be king like me, 9.616; ἶσον γάρ σε θεῷ τίσουσιν Ἀχαιοί ib. 603;ἶσον ἐμῇ κεφαλῇ 18.82
;τὸν.. ἶσα θεῷ.. εἰσορόωσιν Od.15.520
;ἶσα φίλοισι τέκεσσι Il.5.71
, cf. 13.176, Od.1.432, 11.304, etc.: later abs., alike, ; : c. dat.,ἴσον ναοῖς θεῶν E.Hel. 801
; ἴσον ἄπεσμεν τῷ πρίν equally as before, Id.Hipp. 302 (v.l. τῶν πρίν); ἴσα τοῖς πάνυ D.C.Fr.70.6
; ἴσα καί.. like as, as if, S.OT 1187(lyr.), E.El. 994 (anap.), Th.3.14; ; ὥσπερ .. S.El. 532;ὥστε.. E.Or. 882
;ἅτε.. Id.HF 667
(lyr.);ὅσονπερ.. D.15.1
.2 with Preps.: ἀπὸ τῆς ἴσης equally, Th.1.15;ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς ἴ. ἐχθρός Id.3.40
;ἀπ' ἴσης εἶναι D.14.6
; (Teos, iii B.C.);δι' ἴσου D.C.43.37
; at equal distance, Pl.R. 617b: also in Math., ex aequali, of proportions, Euc.5 Def.17, al.; δι' ἴ. ἐν τεταραγμένῃ ἀναλογίᾳ ex aequali in disturbed proportion, Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.4,al., Papp.932.11; ἐν ἴσῳ equally, Th.2.53, 4.65; ἐν ἴσῳ ἐστί it matters not, E.IA 1199;ἐν ἴσῳ [ἐστὶ] καὶ εἰ.. Th.2.60
;ἐν τῷ ἴσῳ εἶναι Id.4.10
; : more freq.ἐξ ἴσου Hdt.7.135
, S.OT 563, etc.;ἐξ ἴ. τινί Id.Ant. 516
, 644, Antipho 5.1, Pl.Grg. 517a; evenly,εὐθεῖα γραμμή ἐστιν ἥτις ἐξ ἴ. τοῖς ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς σημείοις κεῖται Euc. 1
Def.4;ἐξ ἴ. καὶ.. S.OC 254
;ὡς.. Id.OT61
; οἱ ἐξ ἴ. persons of equal station, Pl.Lg. 777d, cf. 919d;ὁ ἐξ ἴ. κίνδυνος Plb.9.4.4
;ἐκ τοῦ ἴ. γίγνεσθαί τινι Th.2.3
;τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου ἡμῖν οὖσι X.Hier.8.5
; ; ἐκ τοῦ ἴ. μάχεσθαι to be evenly matched, X.HG2.4.16;ἐξ ἴ. πολεμεῖν D.8.47
; κατὰ μῆνα τὸ αἱροῦν ἐξ ἴ. the sum due in equal monthly instalments, PAmh.2.92.14, etc.; ἐπὶ orἐπ' ἴσης, ἐπὶ ἴ. διαφέρειν τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.1.74
;τοῦτο ἐπ' ἴσης ἔχει Id.7.50
, cf. S.El. 1062(lyr.), etc.;ἐπ' ἴσου Plb.1.18.10
;ἐπ' ἴσον Id.6.38.4
, cf. Docum. ap. D.18.106, Phld.Ir.p.21 W.;ἐπὶ ἶσα μάχη τέτατο Il.12.436
; cf.κατὰ ἶσα μάχην ἐτάνυσσε 11.336
;κατ' ἴσον Dsc.1.68.6
, Gal.UP1.19; μετ' ἴσου equally, Demetr.Lac.Herc.124.12.V [comp] Comp. , Th.8.89, X.HG7.1.14: [comp] Sup. ἰσότατος Timo 68;ἰσαίτατος Ph.1.462
. Adv.ὡς ἰσαίτατα Pl.Lg. 744c
, butὡς ἰσότατα SIG531.30
([place name] Dyme). [[pron. full] ῑ in early [dialect] Ep. (exc. Hes.Op. 752), cf. Sol.24.1: [pron. full] ῐ first in Thgn.678, Sapph.2.1 (but ἶσος Ead.91 s.v.l.), B. 5.46 (butἶσον 1.62
, Fr.2.2), and always in Pi. (exc. in compd. ῑσοδαίμων) and Trag. (A.Fr. 216 is dub. l.) exc. in compd. ῑσό-θεος (q.v.); dub. in ἰς-όνειρος. Both quantities are found in later poetry, sts. in same line,ἔχοισαν ἴσον κάτω, ἶσον ἄνωθεν Theoc.8.19
;πρέσβυν ἴσον κούροις, ἶσον ἁδόντα κόραις APl.4.309
.] -
14 φανερός
φανερός, ά, όν (φαίνομαι; Pind., Hdt.+; ins, pap, LXX; En 9:5; TestSol; TestAsh 2:3; ParJer 6:25; EpArist, Philo, Joseph., Ar., Just., Tat.)① adj. pert. to being evident so as to be readily known, visible, clear, plainly to be seen, open, plain, evident, known τὰ φανερὰ ἕργα (opp. κρύφια) 2 Cl 16:3. Used w. εἶναι (Diod, S. 18, 55, 2 φανεροῦ ὄντος ὅτι=since it was clear that) οἱ καρποὶ φανεροὶ ἔσονται Hs 4:3; cp. 4:4. φ. ἔσονται οἱ δουλεύοντες τῷ θεῷ 4:2. φανερόν (-ά) ἐστιν Ro 1:19 (ἐν αὐτοῖς; s. ἐν 8); Gal 5:19; 1J 3:10 (ἐν τούτῳ by this); Hm 11:10; other passages w. dat. of pers. (TestSol 13:2 C) 1 Ti 4:15; B 8:7 (opp. σκοτεινά). Without a copula, which is to be supplied: w. ὅτι (X., Mem. 3, 9, 2; Teles p. 12, 4; 7; TestAsh 2:3; Iren., 1, 4, 4 [Harv. I, 37, 8]) πᾶσιν φανερόν Ac 4:16 (D has the copula and at the same time the comp.: φανερώτερόν ἐστιν it is quite well known). φανερὸν τὸ δένδρον ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ αὐτοῦ the tree is known by its fruit (cp. Mt 12:33) IEph 14:2 (Vi. Aesopi G, 3 P. φανερὸς ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως=clearly recognizable by its appearance).—Used w. γίνεσθαι (BGU 1141, 41 [14 B.C.]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 46 §187 τοῦ κακοῦ φανεροῦ γενομένου; 1 Macc 15:9; 2 Macc 1:33; ParJer 6:25; Jos., Ant. 2, 270; 6, 238; Just., A 1, 63, 6) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Mk 6:14. Cp. Lk 8:17a (opp. κρυπτόν); 1 Cor 3:13; 11:19; 14:25; Hs 9, 12, 3; w. dat. of pers. added (Ael. Aristid. 29, 24 K.=40 p. 758 D.: φανεροὶ πᾶσι γίγνεσθαι; Just., A I, 23, 1) Ac 7:13. ὥστε τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς γενέσθαι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν Phil 1:13.—Used w. ποιεῖν (Hyperid. 4, 1; Menand., Epitr. 495 S. [319 Kö.]; IBM III, 482 A, 13f; POxy 928, 7; PTebt 333, 12; 2 Macc 12:41; Just., A II, 15, 2; Theoph. Ant. 2, 3 [p. 94, 13]) make (τι someth.) known (Jos., Ant. 12, 189; 204) 1 Cl 21:7; GJs 5:1. τινά make someone known as what he really is, reveal the identity of someone (Jos., Ant. 3, 73; Just., D. 8, 4) Mt 12:16; Mk 3:12.② subst. τὸ φανερόν that which is exposed to general view or knowledge, (in) the open, public notice (Hyperid. 1, 13, 11 εἰς τὸ φ. φέρειν [cp. Just. A I, 15, 3 εἰς φανερὸν … φέρειν]; Polyb. 2, 46, 1; Just. A I, 17, 4 εἰς φανερὸν τιθέντων), εἰς φανερὸν ἐλθεῖν come to light Mk 4:22; Lk 8:17b (a proverb? Constant. Manasse 7, 34f H.: ἐστὶ σκότιον οὐδὲν ὅπερ εἰς φῶς οὐχ ἥκει, οὐκ ἔστι κρύφιον οὐδὲν ὸ̔ μὴ πρὸς γνῶσιν φθάνει ‘there is nothing in the dark that does not come into the light, and nothing hidden that does not become known’. εἰς φ. ἐλέγχειν Hippol., Ref. 8, 20, 4). ἐν τῷ φανερῷ (opp. ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ as Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 13, 12 p. 460 Jac.) Mt 6:4 v.l., 6 v.l., 18 v.l. (cp. Aeneas Tact. 426; Jos., Ant. 4, 34); preceded by an art. and used as an adj. ὁ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ Ἰουδαῖος the Judean who is one outwardly by reason of being circumcised Ro 2:28a; cp. b.—B. 1233. DELG s.v. φαίνω B. Schmidt, Syn. III 418–34. Cp. δῆλος. M-M. TW. -
15 οὐ
οὐ, the negative ofA fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.A USAGE.I as the negative of single words,II as the negative of the sentence.I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained,εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
;εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
;ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles:οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.;οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs:οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.II as negativing the whole sentence,1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. withoutμά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.2 with ind. of statement,τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495;οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ;οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
;οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., ; , cf. 11.387.4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., , 20.286.5 with opt. andἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. andἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
;ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
;διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
;μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.;νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
;ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; , etc.: in causal relative sentences,οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as , cf. Hec. 298;οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. withἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
;οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
;κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so alsoδεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
;Id.
15.23, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
;E.
Ion 347.8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.;αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, ; . 3; , etc.; or into a causal sentence,τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
;τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., , etc.;ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
;τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
;οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
;τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used,τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
;τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
;ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
;A.
Pr. 956: so as a strong form of imper., ;E.
Ion 524; ;Din.
1.18; ;Ar.
Ach. 484; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; ;οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free,κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
;ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
;οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
;ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; soτὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. withὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause afterμέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., ;ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; : the first neg. may be a compd.,καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
;οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; (but prob. f.l.);οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
;ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; ;ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, ;σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
;ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as inἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf.οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
;ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B), ;A.
Ag. 273,Fr. 310; ;Id.
Supp. 918, Ar. Pax 1027;ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared. -
16 δύσκολος
δύσκολος, ον (Thales, Eur. et al.; Athen. 262a; ins, pap; Jer 30:2; Jos., Bell. 6, 36; orig. only of persons, in our lit. always objectively) pert. to that which is difficult to fulfill or do, hard, difficult (X., Oec. 15, 10 ἡ γεωργία δύσκολός ἐστι μαθεῖν; OGI 339, 54; SIG 409, 33) of commandments Hm 12, 4, 6. δύσκολόν ἐστιν it is hard w. inf. foll. (OGI 458, 16; Jos., Ant. 6, 43; Philo, Praem. 49 [without copula]) Mk 10:24; Hs 9, 20, 3. W. dat. of pers. and inf. foll. it is difficult for someone IRo 1:2. Abs. ὅπερ δύσκολον (sc. ἐστίν) ISm 4:1.—B. 651. DELG s.v. κόλον. M-M. Spicq. -
17 συνήθης
συνήθης, ες (ἦθος; Hes. et al.) habitual, customary, usual (Soph., Thu.+; ins, pap, Sym.; TestSol 1:10; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 339; 12, 300; Ath., R. 7 p. 55, 10 [comp.]) μετὰ τῶν συνήθων αὐτοῖς ὅπλων with the weapons that they usually carried MPol 7:1 (Callisth.: 124 Fgm. 14a Jac. μετὰ τῆς συνήθους στολῆς). σύνηθές ἐστί τινι it is someone’s custom (Eur., Alc. 40): ὅπερ ἦν σύνηθες αὐτῷ 5:1. καθὰ ἦν αὐτῷ σύνηθες as was the (lion’s) habit AcPl Ha 5, 18.—DELG s.v. ἦθος. M-M. s.v. συνήθεια. Sv. -
18 τέλειος
τέλειος, α, ον (Hom. [e.g. Il. 24, 34 of unblemished sacrificial animals] +) gener. ‘attaining an end or purpose, complete’.① pert. to meeting the highest standardⓐ of things, perfectα. as acme of goodness, as adj. (ἀρετή Did., Gen. 40, 19.—Of aeons, Iren. 1, 1, 1 [Harv. I 8, 2]; Hippol., Ref. 6, 31, 4) ἔργον Js 1:4a (s. ἔργον lb); cp. ISm 11:2. δώρημα Js 1:17 (s. δώρημα). νόμος vs. 25 (opp. the Mosaic law). ἀγάπη 1J 4:18. ἀνάλυσις 1 Cl 44:5 (Just., D. 41, 1). γνῶσις 1:2; B 1:5. πρόγνωσις 1 Cl 44:2. μνεία 56:1. ἐλπίς ISm 10:2 (v.l. πίστις); χάρις 11:1. νηστεία Hs 5, 3, 6. ναός B 4:11 (ἐκκλησία Did., Gen. 69, 14). τελειοτέρα σκηνή (s. σκηνή 2) Hb 9:11.—Subst. τὸ τέλειον what is perfect Ro 12:2; perh. 1 Cor 13:10 (opp. ἐκ μέρους. S. EHoffmann, ConNeot 3, ’38, 28–31). ἐνάρετον καὶ τέλειον (someth.) virtuous and perfect IPhld 1:2. W. gen. τὸ τέλειον τῆς γνώσεως ἡμῶν the full measure of our knowledge B 13:7. Pl. (Philo) τέλεια what is perfect ISm 11:3b (Tat. 13, 2 τὰ τέλεια).β. as acme of badness (ApcSed 14:7 ἀπόγνωστοι τὴν τελείαν ἀπόγνωσιν), adj. ἁμαρτίαι B 8:1; Hv 1, 2, 1. σκάνδαλον B 4:3.—Subst. τὸ τέλειον τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν the full measure of the sins 5:11.ⓑ of persons who are fully up to standard in a certain respect and not satisfied with half-way measures perfect, complete, expert (TAM II/1, 147, 4f ἰατρὸς τέλειος; ZPE 3, ’68, 86: Didymus Fgm. 281, 7 τέλειος γεώμετρος; Wsd 9:6; 1 Ch 25:8) τέλειος ἀθλητής IPol 1:3. Esther is τελεία κατὰ πίστιν 1 Cl 55:6. Jesus became τέλειος ἄνθρωπος perfect human ISm 4:2.② pert. to being mature, full-grown, mature, adult (Aeschyl., Pla., X.+; oft. pap; Philo; Jos., Ant. 19, 362).ⓐ adj. ἀνὴρ τέλειος Eph 4:13 (opp. νήπιοι, as Polyb. 5, 29, 2; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 94, Sobr. 9 νήπιον παιδίον πρὸς ἄνδρα τέλειον=an immature child compared to a mature man, Somn. 2, 10). In dazzling wordplay: μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν, ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε, ταῖς δὲ φρεσὶν τέλειοι γίνεσθε do not think like children, yet do be infants as respects evil, while at the same time grown-up in your thinking 1 Cor 14:20.ⓑ subst. (Dio Chrys. 34 [51], 8 οἱ τ.; Diogenes, Ep. 31, 3 οἱ τ. … οἱ παῖδες; Ath., R. 17 p. 68, 31) τελείων ἐστὶν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή solid food is (only) for adults Hb 5:14 (opp. νήπιος). οἱ τέλειοι 1 Cor 2:6 is contrasted with νήπιοι 3:1 by WBauer, Mündige u. Unmündige bei dem Ap. Paulus, diss. Marburg 1902 (also Aufsätze u. Kleine Schriften, ed. GStrecker, ’67, 124–30 et al.; s. also GDelling, TW VIII 76–78.) But this may also belong in the next classification③ pert. to being a cult initiate, initiated. As a t.t. of the mystery religions, τέλειος refers to one initiated into mystic rites (τελετή; s. τελειόω 3; cp. Herm. Wr. 4, 4; Philod., Περὶ θεῶν 1, 24, 12 [ed. HDiels, ABA 1915 p. 41; 93]; Iambl., Myst. 3, 7 p. 114 Parthey; Philo, Somn. 2, 234; Gnostics [WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921 p. 197, 1].—Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 133f; 338f; JWeiss, exc. after 1 Cor 3:3, also p. xviiif, Das Urchristentum 1917, 492; HKennedy, St. Paul and the Mystery Religions 1913, 130ff; Clemen2 314; in general, CZijerveld, Τελετή, Bijdrage tot de kennis der religieuze terminologie in het Grieksch ’34). Phil 3:15 and Col 1:28 prob. belong here (s. MDibelius, Hdb. on both passages. οἱ ὡς ἐν χριστιανισμῷ τ. Orig., C. Cels. 3, 19, 13).—CGuignebert, Quelques remarques sur la Perfection (τελείωσις) et ses voies dans le mystère paulinien: RHPR 8, 1928, 412–29; UWilckens, Weisheit u. Torheit, ’59, 53–60 supports Reitzenstein against Bauer.④ pert. to being fully developed in a moral senseⓐ of humans perfect, fully developed (Hippol., Ref. 1, 19, 16) in a moral sense τέλειος ἀνήρ Js 3:2 (s. RHöistad, ConNeot 9, ’44, p. 22f). τὸν τέλειον ἄνθρωπον GMary 463, 26f (restored). Mostly without a noun εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι Mt 19:21 (EYarnold, TU 102, ’68, 269–73). Cp. IEph 15:2; D 1:4; 6:2. Pl. Mt 5:48a; ISm 11:3a. W. ὁλόκληροι Js 1:4b. W. πεπληροφορημένοι Col 4:12.ⓑ of God perfect (Pind., Aeschyl. et al.; Theocr., Diod S, Plut. et al.; Tat.4, 2, 12; 4, 15, 2; Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 12]) Mt 5:48b (i.e. God is a role model for unlimited display of beneficence; cp. on this verse Hierocles 18 p. 459: the goal is τὴν πρὸς θεὸν ὁμοίωσιν κτήσασθαι ‘attainment of likeness to God’ [oft. in Hierocles]; Marinus, Vi. Procli 18 ἵνα τὴν ὁμοίωσιν ἔχῃ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ὅπερ τέλος ἐστὶ τὸ ἄριστον τῆς ψυχῆς; Betz, SM ad loc.). Restoration in a corrupt context AcPl Ha 1, 11 (ed. indicates τελέσαι or τελεῖν as alternatives).—RFlew, The Idea of Perfection ’34; FGrant, The Earliest Gospel, ’43; EFuchs, RBultmann Festschr., ’54 (Beih. ZNW 21), 130–36; PDuPlessis, Teleios. The Idea of Perfection in the NT ’59; KPrümm, Das NTliche Sprach-u. Begriffsproblem der Vollkommenheit, Biblica 44, ’63, 76–92; AWikgren, Patterns of Perfection in Hb, NTS 6, ’60, 159–67.—Schmidt, Syn. IV 503f. DELG s.v. τέλος. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.
См. также в других словарях:
быти — (>50000), ѤСМЬ, ѤСТЬ (в соч. с отрицанием не НѢСМЬ, НѢСТЬ); 3 л. мн. ч. СОУТЬ; 3 л. ед. ч. имперфекта БѦШЕ; 3 л. ед. ч. аориста БЫ и БѢ гл. I. Как самостоятельный гл. 1.Существовать; иметься: дъва разбо˫а ѥсте. ѥдинъ иже съвлачить съ оубогааго … Словарь древнерусского языка (XI-XIV вв.)
όσπερ — ήπερ, όπερ (Α ὅσπερ και ὅπερ και επικ. τ. οἷόπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ) ακριβώς εκείνος που, ακριβώς αυτός που αρχ. 1. (οι πλάγ. πτώσεις ως επίρρ.) α) ὅπερ i) γι αυτόν τον λόγο ii) αν και β) ἅπερ καθώς, όπως γ) οὗπερ όπου δ) ᾗπερ, δωρ. τ. ᾇπερ, ιων. τ.… … Dictionary of Greek
τριπάτωρ — ορος, ὁ, ἡ, Α 1. (για την Τριτογένεια ή για τον Ωρίωνα) αυτός που έχει τρεις πατέρες 2. στον πληθ. οἱ τριπάτορες οι πρόπαπποι, οι πρώτοι αρχηγέτες («οἱ μὲν τοὺς πρώτους ἀρχηγέτας, οἱ δὲ τρίτους ἀπὸ τοῡ πατρός, ὅπερ ἐστὶ προπάππους», Ανέκδοτα… … Dictionary of Greek
Geflügelte Worte (Antike) — Alpha und Omega, Anfang und Ende, kombiniert zu einem Buchstaben Diese Liste ist eine Sammlung alt und neugriechischer Phrasen, Sprichwörter und Redewendungen. Sie beschreibt ihren Gebrauch und gibt, wo möglich, die Quellen an. Graeca non… … Deutsch Wikipedia
ВАСИЛИЙ ВЕЛИКИЙ — [греч. Βασίλειος ὁ Μέγας] (329/30, г. Кесария Каппадокийская (совр. Кайсери, Турция) или г. Неокесария Понтийская (совр. Никсар, Турция) 1.01.379, г. Кесария Каппадокийская), свт. (пам. 1 янв., 30 янв. в Соборе 3 вселенских учителей и святителей; … Православная энциклопедия
Tópico literario — Ofelia, el atormentado personaje de Hamlet, reacciona con la locura y el suicidio al desengaño amoroso en realidad falso, pues los verdaderos sentimientos de su amado se han ocultado por el secreto con el que el héroe planea su venganza y que le… … Wikipedia Español
κρατερός — I (; – 321 π.Χ.). Μακεδόνας στρατηγός. Αφού διέπρεψε ως διοικητής μονάδων στις μάχες του Γρανικού (334 π.Χ.) και της Ισσού (333), στην πολιορκία της Τύρου (332), στη μάχη των Γαυγαμήλων (331) και στην εισβολή στην Υρκανία (330), έγινε ο πιο… … Dictionary of Greek
ГРИГОРИЙ СИНАИТ — [греч. Γρηγόριος ὁ Σιναΐτης] (ок. 1275, сел. Кукул, близ Клазомен, М. Азия 27.11.1346 (?), Парория, в сев. части совр. хребта Странджа (Истранджа)), прп. (пам. 8 авг., греч. 6 апр.), один из важнейших деятелей исихастского возрождения XIV в.,… … Православная энциклопедия